WO2022151283A1 - Communication method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Communication method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022151283A1
WO2022151283A1 PCT/CN2021/071941 CN2021071941W WO2022151283A1 WO 2022151283 A1 WO2022151283 A1 WO 2022151283A1 CN 2021071941 W CN2021071941 W CN 2021071941W WO 2022151283 A1 WO2022151283 A1 WO 2022151283A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
access network
cell
information
identifier
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/071941
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
胡星星
奥鲁佛松亨里克
张宏卓
耿婷婷
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/071941 priority Critical patent/WO2022151283A1/en
Priority to CN202180090245.6A priority patent/CN116762403A/en
Publication of WO2022151283A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022151283A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, apparatus, and system.
  • the access network device provides services for the terminal device
  • interaction between different access network devices may be required due to various reasons. For example, a terminal device is handed over from a cell of one access network device to a cell of another access network device. Before the access network devices interact with each other, it is necessary to determine the access network devices to be interacted with. Therefore, how to accurately determine the access network equipment has become an urgent technical problem to be solved.
  • the embodiments of the present application disclose a communication method, apparatus and system, which are used to accurately determine access network equipment.
  • a first aspect discloses a communication method.
  • the communication method can be applied to core network equipment, and can also be applied to modules (eg, chips) in the core network equipment.
  • the core network equipment is used as an example for description below.
  • the communication method may include: receiving information from a target cell of a first access network device; and determining a second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the The target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  • the core network equipment may determine the second management target cell according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network equipment. access network equipment. It can be seen that since the core network device has or stores the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the core network device can determine the access network device that manages the target cell according to the information of the target cell, thereby solving the problem of the prior art. The technical problem of the access network equipment cannot be accurately determined according to the information of the cell. Since the core network device has or stores the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, after receiving the information of the target cell, the core network device can accurately determine the access network to manage the target cell according to the information of the target cell. The network access device will not have a determination error, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship.
  • the core network equipment can receive the auxiliary information in advance, so the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network equipment can be determined in advance according to the received auxiliary information, so as to determine the access corresponding to the target cell when needed.
  • the access network device for managing the target cell can be quickly determined according to the corresponding relationship, thereby improving the determination efficiency of the access network device.
  • the receiving auxiliary information includes: receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices, the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information, and the The plurality of access network devices include the second access network device.
  • the auxiliary information is reported by the access network device to the core network device, and which cells an access network device manages is very clear. Therefore, an access network device reports a
  • the auxiliary information can ensure the reliability of the reported auxiliary information, so that the core network device can accurately determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device, and then can accurately determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device. Determine the access network equipment that manages the cell.
  • the receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices includes: receiving first auxiliary information from a third access network device, where the third access network device is related to the Any access network device among the access network devices to which the core network device establishes a connection.
  • each access network device that establishes a connection with the core network device can report auxiliary information, thereby ensuring that all access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device report the auxiliary information, so that the core network device can
  • the correspondence between the cell and the access network device determined according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device covers all the access network devices that establish connections with the core network device and the corresponding cells. After the information of the target cell, it can be ensured that the access network device corresponding to the target cell can be determined according to the corresponding relationship, and the correspondence between the target cell and the access network device that manages the target cell can be avoided because the core network device does not exist or does not store the target cell. The access network equipment that manages the target cell cannot be determined because of the relationship.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the core network device can determine the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device, so that after subsequently receiving information about the target cell from the access network device, it can The correspondence between the identifier of the network device and the identifier of the cell managed by the access network device determines which access network device manages the target cell.
  • the auxiliary information includes an identity of the access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the access network device.
  • the core network device can clearly know the identity of the access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the access network device, and then can determine the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the information, so as to receive the information subsequently. After the information of the target cell from the access network device, it can be determined which access network device manages the target cell according to the corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the cell associated with the access network device includes a cell managed by the access network device, or the cell associated with the access network device includes a cell that is not managed by the access network device and is not managed by the access network device.
  • the cell identity includes the identified cell of the access network device.
  • the cell associated with the access network device may include a cell managed by the access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, therefore, in When the access network device wants to report auxiliary information, it can first determine the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can determine the signaling overhead required for the transmission of auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can select the signaling that needs to be transmitted.
  • the auxiliary information corresponding to the case where the overhead is small, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the access network device for sending the auxiliary information.
  • the access network device can report the auxiliary information in two different ways, and the auxiliary information reported in the two different ways can achieve the same effect, the flexibility of reporting the auxiliary information can be improved.
  • the receiving the first assistance information from the third access network device includes: receiving the first assistance information from the third access network device through the fourth access network device.
  • the access network device may report assistance to the core network device through another access network device that can directly communicate with the core network device information.
  • this access network device can generate auxiliary information, and then can send the auxiliary information to another access network device, and the other access network device can forward the auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the access network device may send related information for generating auxiliary information to another access network device, and after receiving the related information, the other access network device may generate the access network device according to the related information
  • the auxiliary information corresponding to the network device is then sent to the core network device. It can be seen that it can be ensured that all access network devices can report auxiliary information.
  • the determining of the second access network device includes: determining a first identifier or a length of the first identifier, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second access network device.
  • the communication method may further include: indicating the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device.
  • the core network device after the core network device determines the identifier of the second access network device or the length of the identifier of the second access network device, it can use the identifier of the second access network device or the identifier of the second access network device to determine the length of the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the length of the identifier is returned to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can perform a transaction with the corresponding second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device or the length of the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the first access network device does not need to determine the first identifier, which can reduce the processing process of the first access network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the first access network.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device includes at least one of the following: a cell ID or a global cell ID of the cell associated with the access network device; the access network device is associated with The common part of the cell identity of the cell.
  • the core network device receives the auxiliary information from the access network device After that, the identification of the cell can be directly determined according to the auxiliary information, which reduces the processing process of the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the core network device.
  • the size of the auxiliary information is small, which can reduce the information that the access network device needs to transmit, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a second aspect discloses a communication method.
  • the communication method can be applied to a first access network device or a module (for example, a chip) in the first access network device.
  • the first access network device is taken as example to illustrate.
  • the communication method may include: sending information of a target cell to a core network device, where the information of the target cell is used to determine a second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device; receiving information from the second access network device; and the first indication information of the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the second access network device.
  • the first access network device when the first access network device detects the target cell and the target cell does not belong to the cell managed by the first access network device, when there is a demand, a second access network corresponding to the target cell is required
  • the information of the target cell can be sent to the core network device, so that the core network device can determine the second access network device corresponding to the target cell according to the information of the target cell, that is, the second access network device that manages the target cell , and then the determined second access network device can be indicated to the first access network device, and the first access network device can interact with the second access network device corresponding to the target cell, thereby solving the problem that cannot be solved in the prior art.
  • the communication method may further include: sending auxiliary information to the core network device, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • the access network device may report the auxiliary information to the core network device, so that the core network device can determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device in advance according to the auxiliary information, and in the follow-up need to be based on the target cell's corresponding relationship.
  • the access network device corresponding to the target cell is determined from the information, for example, when the information of the target cell from the access network device is received, the management target cell can be quickly determined according to the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device. access network equipment, so that the determination efficiency of the access network equipment can be improved.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the access network device may report auxiliary information to the core network device, so that the core network device can determine the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device, and then the core network device receives the identifier of the cell managed by the access network device. After the information of the target cell from the access network device is obtained, the access network device that manages the target cell can be quickly determined according to the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device. .
  • the auxiliary information includes an identification of the first access network device and identification information of a cell associated with the first access network device.
  • the access network device may report auxiliary information to the core network device, so that the core network device can clearly know the identity of the access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the access network device, and then can determine the information based on the information.
  • the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment after the subsequent core network equipment receives the information of the target cell from the access network equipment, can be based on the identity of the access network equipment and the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment. The corresponding relationship can quickly determine the access network equipment that manages the target cell.
  • the cell associated with the first access network device includes a cell managed by the first access network device, or the cell associated with the first access network device includes a cell that does not belong to the first access network device
  • the first access network device manages and the cell identity includes a cell of the identity of the first access network device.
  • the cell associated with the access network device may include a cell managed by the access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, therefore, in When the access network device wants to report auxiliary information, it can first determine the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can determine the signaling overhead required to transmit the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can select the required signaling The auxiliary information corresponding to the case where the overhead is small, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the access network device for transmitting the auxiliary information.
  • the access network device can report the auxiliary information in two different ways, and the auxiliary information reported in the two different ways can achieve the same effect, the flexibility of reporting the auxiliary information can be improved.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the first access network device includes at least one of the following: a cell identification or a global cell identification of the cell associated with the first access network device; the first access network device The common part of the cell identity of the cell to which an access network device is associated.
  • the core network device can directly determine the identity of the cell according to the auxiliary information, which reduces the processing process of the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the core network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device only includes the common part of the cell identification of the cell associated with the access network device
  • the size of the auxiliary information is small, which can reduce the information that the access network device needs to transmit, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
  • the first indication information used to indicate the second access network device includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the identity of the second access network device or the identity length.
  • the access network device may receive the identifier of the second access network device or the length of the identifier of the second access network device indicated by the core network device, so that the first access network device can The identifier of the access network device or the length of the identifier of the second access network device interacts with the corresponding second access network device.
  • the first access network device does not need to determine the identifier of the second access network device, which can reduce the processing process of the first access network device, and thus can The power consumption of the first access network is reduced.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a third aspect discloses a communication method.
  • the communication method can be applied to a first access network device, and can also be applied to a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device.
  • the first access network device is taken as example to illustrate.
  • the communication method may include: sending information of a target cell to a core network device; receiving second indication information from the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices; Send a first message to the one or more candidate access network devices respectively, where the first message includes information of the target cell, and the first message is used to determine a second access network device, the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  • the access network device after the access network device sends the cell information to the core network device, it can determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the indication information returned by the core network device, and then can access the one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the network devices respectively send messages including the information of the cell, so that the access network device corresponding to the cell among the one or more candidate access network devices can be determined, that is, the access network device that manages the cell can be determined.
  • the access network device determines the candidate access network device according to the indication information returned by the core network device, it sends messages to different candidate access network devices to determine whether the candidate access network device is the access network device corresponding to the cell.
  • the access network device sends cell information to the core network device, and after determining one or more candidate access network devices according to the indication information returned by the core network device, it can send information including the cell to the one or more candidate access network devices respectively. After receiving the message including the information of the cell, the candidate access network device can determine whether the cell is a cell managed by itself according to the information of the cell, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices; determining the second response information according to the one or more response information access network equipment.
  • the first access network device may receive one or more information from the one or more candidate access network devices. response information.
  • the candidate access network device will only return response information to the first access network device if the cell is a cell managed by itself; in the other case, each candidate access network device response information will be returned.
  • the response information returned by the candidate access network device corresponding to the cell is different from the response information returned by other candidate access network devices, the first access network device can , the access network device corresponding to the cell is accurately determined from one or more candidate access network devices, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
  • the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device , the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information; the according to The determining of the second access network device by the one or more response information includes: when the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a second candidate access network device, determining the second candidate The access network device is the second access network device, the second response information is one of the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is the second response The candidate access network device corresponding to the information.
  • the first access network device can accurately determine the access network device corresponding to the cell from one or more candidate access network devices according to one or more response information, so that it can accurately determine the access network device corresponding to the cell from one or more candidate access network devices. Accurately identify access network equipment.
  • the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine which access network one or more candidate access network devices are according to the identifier of the candidate access network device or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device device, so that the first access network device can carry the identifier of the corresponding candidate access network device when sending messages to different candidate access network devices respectively.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a fourth aspect discloses a communication method.
  • the communication method can be applied to core network equipment, and can also be applied to modules (eg, chips) in the core network equipment.
  • the core network equipment is used as an example for description below.
  • the communication method may include: receiving information from a target cell of a first access network device; sending second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate one or more candidate access points The information of the network access device, the one or more candidate access network devices are determined according to the information of the target cell.
  • the core network device after receiving the cell information from the access network device, can determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the cell information and the stored identifier of the access network device, and then can determine one or more candidate access network devices. Indicate the information of one or more candidate access network devices to the access network device, so that the access network device can further determine the access network device corresponding to the cell according to the information of the one or more candidate access network devices, and can accurately The access network device is determined, thereby solving the technical problem that the access network device cannot be accurately determined in the prior art.
  • the communication method may further include: determining the one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the identity of the access network device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving the identifier of the access network device.
  • the core network device may receive the identification of the access network device reported by the access network device in advance, so that the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell can be quickly determined according to the identification of the access network device, so that it can quickly determine the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell.
  • the efficiency of determining the access network equipment corresponding to the target cell is improved.
  • the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
  • the core network device may send the identifier of the candidate access network device or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can access the device according to the candidate access network device.
  • the identifier of the corresponding candidate access network device may be carried when sending messages to different candidate access network devices.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a fifth aspect discloses a communication method.
  • the communication method can be applied to core network equipment, and can also be applied to modules (eg, chips) in the core network equipment.
  • the core network equipment is used as an example for description below.
  • the communication method may include: receiving information of a target cell from a first access network device; sending a second message to one or more candidate access network devices, the second message including the information of the target cell, the The second message is used to determine a second access network device, and the one or more candidate access network devices are determined according to the information of the target cell, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  • the core network device after receiving the cell information from the access network device, can determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the cell information and the stored identifier of the access network device, and then can determine one or more candidate access network devices.
  • a message including the information of the cell is respectively sent to one or more candidate access network devices, so that the access network device corresponding to the cell among the one or more candidate access network devices can be determined.
  • the core network device determines the candidate access network device, it sends messages to different candidate access network devices respectively to determine whether the candidate access network device is the access network device corresponding to the cell, which can solve the problem that cannot be accurately determined in the prior art Technical problems of access network equipment.
  • the core network device may send a message including the information of the cell to the one or more candidate access network devices respectively, so that the candidate access network device receives the message including the information of the cell.
  • the message After the message is sent, it can be determined whether the cell is a cell managed by itself according to the information of the cell, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
  • the communication method may further include: determining the one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the identity of the access network device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving the identifier of the access network device.
  • the core network device may receive the identification of the access network device reported by the access network device in advance, so that the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell can be quickly determined according to the identification of the access network device, so that it can quickly determine the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell.
  • the efficiency of determining the access network equipment corresponding to the target cell is improved.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices; determining the second response information according to the one or more response information access network equipment.
  • the core network device may receive one or more response messages from the one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the candidate access network device will only return response information to the core network device if the cell is managed by itself, and in the other case, each candidate access network device will return a response. information, when the response information returned by the candidate access network device corresponding to the cell is different from the response information returned by other candidate access network devices, therefore, the core network device can select one or more The access network device corresponding to the cell is accurately determined from the candidate access network devices, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
  • the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device , the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information; the according to The determining of the second access network device by the one or more response information includes: when the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a second candidate access network device, determining the second candidate The access network device is the second access network device, the second response information is one of the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is the second response The candidate access network device corresponding to the information.
  • the core network device can accurately determine the access network device corresponding to the cell from one or more candidate access network devices according to one or more response information, so as to accurately determine the access network device. equipment.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • the core network device may return the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can Interact with the second access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a sixth aspect discloses a communication method.
  • the communication method can be applied to core network equipment, and can also be applied to modules (eg, chips) in the core network equipment.
  • the core network equipment is used as an example for description below.
  • the communication method may include: receiving information of a target cell from a first access network device; sending information of the target cell to a second access network device, the identity of the second access network device being related to the target cell.
  • the identification of the third access network device is associated; the identification of the third access network device from the second access network device is received, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
  • the core network device may send the cell information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can determine the cell information according to the cell information.
  • the access network equipment corresponding to the cell is output. It can be seen that the access network device corresponding to the cell is determined by the access network device according to the information of the cell, so that the technical problem of high overhead or power consumption of the core network device in the prior art can be solved.
  • the core network device can send the cell information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can determine the cell corresponding to the cell according to the cell information.
  • the network access device is determined instead of the core network device. Therefore, the processing process of the core network device can be reduced, thereby reducing the overhead of the core network device and reducing the power consumption of the core network device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving auxiliary information; sending first auxiliary information to the second access network device, where the first auxiliary information is the access network device in the auxiliary information There is auxiliary information associated with the identifier of the second access network device and the identifier of the second access network device, and the first auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • the core network device may receive the auxiliary information in advance, and send part or all of the received auxiliary information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can determine in advance according to the received auxiliary information
  • the access network device that manages the target cell is determined, so that the determination efficiency of the access network device can be improved.
  • the receiving auxiliary information includes: receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices, where the multiple access network devices correspond to the multiple pieces of auxiliary information one-to-one.
  • the auxiliary information is reported by the access network device to the core network device, and then selectively sent by the core network device to the second access network device, and which cells are managed by an access network device, the access network
  • the device is very specific. Therefore, when an access network device reports an auxiliary information, the reliability of the reported auxiliary information can be guaranteed, so that the second access network device can accurately determine the cell and the access network according to the received auxiliary information.
  • the corresponding relationship between the devices, and then the access network device that manages the cell can be accurately determined according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices includes: receiving second auxiliary information from a fourth access network device, where the fourth access network device is related to the Any access network device among the access network devices to which the core network device establishes a connection.
  • each access network device that establishes a connection with a core network device can report auxiliary information, thereby ensuring that all access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device report the auxiliary information, so that the second access network device can report auxiliary information.
  • the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device determined by the network access device according to the received auxiliary information is relatively comprehensive. After receiving the information of the target cell from the core network device, it can ensure that the corresponding relationship of the target cell can be determined according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the access network device can avoid that the access network device managing the target cell cannot be determined because the corresponding relationship between the target cell and the access network device managing the target cell does not exist or is not stored in the second access network device. happensing.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the core network device may send part or all of the auxiliary information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can
  • the reported auxiliary information determines the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment, so that after subsequent reception of information about the target cell from the core network equipment, the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment can be determined according to the difference between the identity of the access network equipment and the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment. The corresponding relationship is determined to determine which access network device manages the target cell.
  • the third auxiliary information includes the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device, and the third auxiliary information is the first auxiliary information
  • the fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
  • the core network device may send part or all of the auxiliary information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can clearly learn about different access network devices.
  • the identity of the network equipment and the identity information of the cells associated with different access network equipment, and then the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment can be determined according to these information.
  • After receiving the information of the target cell from the core network equipment it can be The correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device determines which access network device manages the target cell.
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or the cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the fifth access network device.
  • the cell associated with the access network device may include a cell managed by the access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, therefore, in When the access network device wants to report auxiliary information, it can first determine the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can determine the signaling overhead required for the transmission of auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can select the signaling that needs to be transmitted.
  • the auxiliary information corresponding to the case where the overhead is small, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the access network device for sending the auxiliary information.
  • the access network device can report the auxiliary information in two different ways, and the auxiliary information reported in the two different ways can achieve the same effect, the flexibility of reporting the auxiliary information can be improved.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device.
  • the core network device after the core network device receives the identifier of the third access network device or the length of the identifier of the third access network device from the second access network device, it can convert the identifier of the third access network device to the identifier of the third access network device. Or the length of the identifier of the third access network device is returned to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can correspond to the length of the identifier of the third access network device or the identifier of the third access network device interact with the third access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following: a cell identification or a global cell identification of the cell associated with the fifth access network device; the first 5 The common part of the cell identity of the cell to which the access network device is associated.
  • the second access network device receives the data from the access network device.
  • the identity of the cell can be directly determined according to the auxiliary information, which reduces the processing process of the second access network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the second access network device.
  • the size of the auxiliary information is small, which can reduce the information that the access network device needs to transmit, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a seventh aspect discloses a communication method.
  • the communication method can be applied to a second access network device, and can also be applied to a module (for example, a chip) in the second access network device.
  • the second access network device is taken as example to illustrate.
  • the communication method may include: receiving information of a target cell from a core network device; determining a third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the target cell being The third access network device management.
  • the second access network device may determine the management target cell according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device.
  • the second access network device It can be seen that, because there is a correspondence between the cell and the access network device in the second access network device, the second access network device can determine the access network device corresponding to the target cell according to the information of the target cell, so that it can determine the access network device corresponding to the target cell.
  • the technical problem that the access network equipment cannot be accurately determined in the prior art is solved.
  • the second access network device can accurately determine the access network device corresponding to the target cell according to the information of the target cell. In the event of a determination error, the access network device can be accurately determined.
  • the processing process of the core network device can be reduced, thereby reducing the cost of the core network device and reducing the core network device. The power consumption of the device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving first auxiliary information from the core network device, where the first auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship, and the first auxiliary information is connected to The identification of the network access device is associated with the identification of the second access network device.
  • the second access network device may receive the first auxiliary information from the core network device in advance, and may determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device according to the first auxiliary information, so as to determine the subsequent need to be determined
  • the determination efficiency of the access network device can be improved and the time delay can be reduced.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the second access network device can determine the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the auxiliary information, so that after subsequently receiving the information of the target cell from the core network device, the identity of the access network device can be determined according to the identity of the access network device.
  • the corresponding relationship with the identifier of the cell managed by the access network device determines which access network device manages the target cell.
  • the third auxiliary information includes the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device, and the third auxiliary information is the first auxiliary information
  • the fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
  • the second access network device can clearly know the identifiers of different access network devices and the identifier information of the cells associated with the different access network devices, and then can determine the identifiers of the cells managed by the access network device according to these information. , after subsequently receiving the information of the target cell from the core network device, it can be determined which access network the target cell belongs to according to the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device Device management.
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or the cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the fifth access network device.
  • the cell associated with the access network device may include a cell managed by the access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, therefore, in When the access network device wants to report auxiliary information, it can first determine the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can determine the signaling overhead required for the transmission of auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can select the signaling that needs to be transmitted.
  • the auxiliary information corresponding to the case where the overhead is small, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the access network device for sending the auxiliary information.
  • the access network device can report the auxiliary information in two different ways, and the auxiliary information reported in the two different ways can achieve the same effect, the flexibility of reporting the auxiliary information can be improved.
  • the determining of the third access network device includes: determining an identifier of the third access network device.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the identification of the third access network device to the core network device.
  • the second access network device may return the identifier of the third access network device to the core network device, so that the core network device can identify the third access network device with the identifier of the third access network device.
  • the identification of the device is returned to the first access network device, or may interact with the third access network device according to the identification of the third access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following: a cell identification or a global cell identification of the cell associated with the fifth access network device; the first 5 The common part of the cell identity of the cell to which the access network device is associated.
  • the second access network device receives the information from the core network device. After the auxiliary information is obtained, the identity of the cell can be directly determined according to the auxiliary information, which reduces the processing process of the second access network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the second access network device.
  • the size of the auxiliary information is small, which can reduce the information that the access network device needs to transmit, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • the communication apparatus may be core network equipment, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the core network equipment, and the communication apparatus may include:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device
  • a determining unit configured to determine a second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship.
  • the receiving unit receiving auxiliary information includes:
  • Receive multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information, and the multiple access network devices include the second access network device .
  • the receiving unit receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices includes:
  • Receive first auxiliary information from a third access network device where the third access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes an identity of the access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the access network device.
  • the cell associated with the access network device includes a cell managed by the access network device, or,
  • the cells associated with the access network device include cells that are not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifiers include the identifiers of the access network devices.
  • the receiving unit receiving the first auxiliary information from the third access network device includes:
  • the first assistance information from the third access network device is received by the fourth access network device.
  • the determining unit specifically determines the first identifier or the length of the first identifier, and the first identifier is the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the communication device may further include:
  • a sending unit configured to indicate the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device includes at least one of the following:
  • the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the access network device
  • the public part of the cell identity of the cell to which the access network device is associated is associated.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a ninth aspect discloses a communication apparatus.
  • the communication apparatus may be a first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device, and the communication apparatus may include:
  • a sending unit configured to send information of a target cell to a core network device, where the information of the target cell is used to determine a second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive first indication information from the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the second access network device.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send auxiliary information to the core network device, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes an identification of the first access network device and identification information of a cell associated with the first access network device.
  • the cell associated with the first access network device includes a cell managed by the first access network device, or,
  • the cells associated with the first access network device include cells that are not managed by the first access network device and whose cell identifiers include an identifier of the first access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the first access network device includes at least one of the following:
  • the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the first access network device
  • the public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the first access network device is the public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the first access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a tenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus.
  • the communication apparatus may be a first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device, and the communication apparatus may include:
  • a sending unit configured to send the information of the target cell to the core network equipment
  • a receiving unit configured to receive second indication information from the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a first message to the one or more candidate access network devices, respectively, where the first message includes information of the target cell, and the first message is used to determine the second access network.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices;
  • the communication device may also include:
  • a determining unit configured to determine the second access network device according to the one or more response information.
  • the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device , the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information;
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device when the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device network device, the second response information is one of the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
  • the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • the communication apparatus may be core network equipment or a module (eg, a chip) in the core network equipment.
  • the communication apparatus may include:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device
  • a sending unit configured to send second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices, the one or more candidate access network devices
  • the network device determines according to the information of the target cell.
  • the communication device may further include:
  • the one or more candidate access network devices are determined according to the information of the target cell and the identity of the access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the identifier of the access network device.
  • the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a twelfth aspect discloses a communication apparatus.
  • the communication apparatus may be core network equipment or a module (eg, a chip) in the core network equipment.
  • the communication apparatus may include:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device
  • a sending unit configured to send a second message to one or more candidate access network devices, where the second message includes information of the target cell, the second message is used to determine the second access network device, the One or more candidate access network devices are determined according to the information of the target cell, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  • the communication device may further include:
  • a determining unit configured to determine the one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the identifier of the access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the identifier of the access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices;
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine the second access network device according to the one or more response information.
  • the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device , the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information;
  • the determining unit determining the second access network device according to the one or more response information includes:
  • the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a second candidate access network device
  • the information is one response information in the one or more response information
  • the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a thirteenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus.
  • the communication apparatus may be core network equipment or a module (eg, a chip) in the core network equipment.
  • the communication apparatus may include:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device
  • a sending unit configured to send the information of the target cell to a second access network device, where the identifier of the second access network device is associated with the identifier of the target cell;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive an identifier of a third access network device from the second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive auxiliary information
  • the sending unit is further configured to send first auxiliary information to the second access network device, where the first auxiliary information is the identification of the access network device in the auxiliary information and the second access network device There is associated auxiliary information associated with the identifier of the first auxiliary information, and the first auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device.
  • the receiving unit receiving auxiliary information includes:
  • Multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices are received, and the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information.
  • the receiving unit receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices includes:
  • Receive second auxiliary information from a fourth access network device where the fourth access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the third auxiliary information includes the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device, and the third auxiliary information is the first auxiliary information
  • the fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or,
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the cell managed by the fifth access network device and the cell identifier includes the identifier of the fifth access network device.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following:
  • the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the fifth access network device
  • the public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the fifth access network device is the public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the fifth access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a fourteenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus.
  • the communication apparatus may be a second access network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the second access network device, and the communication apparatus may include:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive information from the target cell of the core network device
  • a determining unit configured to determine a third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive first auxiliary information from the core network device, where the first auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship, and the first auxiliary information includes The identity of the access network device is associated with the identity of the second access network device.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the third auxiliary information includes the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device, and the third auxiliary information is the first auxiliary information
  • the fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or,
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the cell managed by the fifth access network device and the cell identifier includes the identifier of the fifth access network device.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to determine the identity of the third access network device.
  • the communication device may further include:
  • a sending unit configured to send the identity of the third access network device to the core network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following:
  • the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the fifth access network device
  • the public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the fifth access network device is the public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the fifth access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • a fifteenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a core network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the core network device.
  • the communication device may include a processor, a memory, an input interface for receiving information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and an output interface for sending information outside the communication device.
  • the other communication means output information, when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, causing the processor to perform the first aspect, the fourth aspect to the sixth aspect or the first aspect, the fourth aspect to the sixth aspect
  • a method of communication is disclosed in any embodiment of the aspect.
  • a sixteenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device.
  • the communication device may include a processor, a memory, an input interface for receiving information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and an output interface for sending information outside the communication device.
  • the other communication device outputs information, when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, causing the processor to execute the second aspect, the third aspect or any embodiment disclosed in the second aspect or the third aspect. communication method.
  • a seventeenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a second access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the second access network device.
  • the communication device may include a processor, a memory, an input interface for receiving information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and an output interface for sending information outside the communication device.
  • the other communication device outputs information, and when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, the processor causes the processor to execute the communication method disclosed in the seventh aspect or any embodiment of the seventh aspect.
  • An eighteenth aspect discloses a communication system, which includes a communication device corresponding to the first aspect and a communication device corresponding to the second aspect.
  • a nineteenth aspect discloses a communication system, which includes a communication device corresponding to the third aspect and a communication device corresponding to the fourth aspect.
  • a twentieth aspect discloses a communication system, which includes a communication device corresponding to the second aspect, a communication device corresponding to the sixth aspect, and a communication device corresponding to the seventh aspect.
  • a twenty-first aspect discloses a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program or computer instruction is stored thereon, and when the computer program or computer instruction is executed, the communication method disclosed in the above aspects is implemented.
  • a twenty-second aspect discloses a chip including a processor for executing a program stored in a memory, and when the program is executed, the chip executes the above method.
  • the memory is located off-chip.
  • a twenty-third aspect discloses a computer program product comprising computer program code which, when executed, causes the above communication method to be performed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device including a CU and a DU disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of establishing a control plane interface disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is another schematic flowchart of establishing a control plane interface disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a cell identity and an access network identity disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application disclose a communication method, device, and system, which are used to improve flexibility. Each of them will be described in detail below.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network architecture may include a core network device 101 , multiple access network devices 102 and multiple terminal devices 103 .
  • the core network device 101 communicates with the access network device 102
  • the terminal device 103 communicates with the access network device 102 .
  • Terminal equipment also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • the terminal device can be a handheld terminal, a notebook computer, a subscriber unit, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a tablet computer , handheld computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handheld), laptop computer (laptop computer), cordless phone (cordless phone) or wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, machine type communication (machine type communication) type communication, MTC) terminals, wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.), in-vehicle devices (such as cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed rail, etc.), mobile Internet devices ( mobile internet device, MID), virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality
  • Access network equipment refers to a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or equipment) that connects terminal equipment to a wireless network, also known as a base station.
  • RAN nodes are: generation Node B (gNB), transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller ( radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
  • gNB generation Node B
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B, NB
  • BSC base station controller
  • base transceiver station base transceiver station
  • BTS
  • the access network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, may also include a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, and may also include a CU node and a DU node.
  • CU central processing unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device including a CU and a DU disclosed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network equipment including the CU node and the DU node can split the protocol layers in the access network equipment in the NR system, and the functions of some protocol layers are centrally controlled by the CU, and some or all of the remaining The functions of the protocol layer are distributed in the DU, and the DU is centrally controlled by the CU.
  • the CU can be divided into a control plane, that is, a centralized unit control plane (CU-CP), and a user plane, that is, a centralized unit user plane (CU-UP).
  • the CU-CP is responsible for the control plane functions, mainly including the radio resource control (RRC) layer and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) corresponding to the control plane, namely the functions of the PDCP-C layer.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the PDCP-C is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, and data transmission.
  • the CU-UP is responsible for the user plane functions, mainly including the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer and the PDCP corresponding to the user plane, namely PDCP-U, layer functions.
  • SDAP is mainly responsible for processing the data of the core network equipment and mapping the data flow to the bearer.
  • PDCP-U is mainly responsible for data plane encryption and decryption, integrity protection, header compression, serial number maintenance, and data transmission.
  • CU-CP and CU-UP can communicate via E1 interface.
  • the CU-CP can communicate with core network equipment through a next generation (NG) interface.
  • NG next generation
  • the CU-CP can communicate with the DU through the F1 interface control plane (ie, F1-C).
  • the CU-UP can communicate with the DU through the F1 interface user plane (ie, F1-U).
  • the DU includes functions of a radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, a media access control (media access control, MAC) layer, and a physical (physical, PHY) layer.
  • the access network devices may be access network devices in different communication systems.
  • the core network equipment refers to the equipment in the core network (core network, CN) that provides service support for terminal equipment.
  • the core network equipment can be access and mobility management function (AMF) network elements, session management function (session management function, SMF) network elements, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network elements, etc. , not listed here.
  • the AMF network element can be responsible for the access management and mobility management of the terminal equipment.
  • the SMF network element can be responsible for session management, such as user session establishment.
  • the UPF network element can be a functional entity of the user plane, and is mainly responsible for connecting to the external network. It should be noted that, in this application, a network element may also be referred to as an entity or a functional entity.
  • an AMF network element may also be referred to as an AMF entity or an AMF functional entity.
  • the SMF network element may also be referred to as an SMF entity or an SMF functional entity or the like.
  • network architecture shown in FIG. 1 is not limited to include only the devices shown in the figure, but may also include other devices not shown in the figure, which are not listed one by one in this application.
  • FIG. 1 does not constitute a limitation on the network.
  • the methods in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to various communication systems.
  • the terminal equipment and the access network equipment can exchange information through wireless signals.
  • Different access network devices have different identifiers.
  • the identity of the access network device may be referred to as a global (global) radio access network (adio access network, RAN) identity (identity, ID).
  • the global radio access network identity may include a public land mobile network (PLMN) identity and an access network identity.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the access network device can divide its own coverage area into multiple cells, and the access network device can control the resource allocation of each cell.
  • Each cell has a cell global identifier (CGI).
  • CGI may include PLMN identity and cell identity.
  • the cell identity may include an access network identity, and the access network identity is at the front (or leftmost) of the cell identity.
  • the length of the access network identifier can be set flexibly.
  • the length of the access network identifier in the new radio (NR) may be in the range of 22 bits (bit) to 32 bits, and the length of the cell identifier in the CGI may be 36 bits.
  • each cell in the coverage area of the access network device can send the The terminal equipment indicates the physical cell identifier (physical cell identifier, PCI) corresponding to the current cell.
  • PCI can be reused within a certain area.
  • adjacent cells may use different PCIs. When two cells are not adjacent and the distance between the two cells is large, the two cells can use the same PCI. In NR, PCI can take a value between 0 and 1007.
  • the access network device may broadcast the CGI corresponding to the cell in the broadcast message of each cell.
  • the access network device can make the terminal device report the CGI of the cell, so that which access network device the cell belongs to can be determined according to the CGI. For example, when an operator newly deploys an access network device in a certain place, the adjacent access network device can determine the newly deployed access network through the CGI of the corresponding cell under the access network device reported by the terminal device. equipment.
  • control plane interface needs to be established between the two access network devices.
  • the control plane related messages between two access network devices can be transmitted by the transport network layer corresponding to the stream control transmission protocol (SCTP), and the control plane related messages between the two access network devices are It is carried by SCTP protocol.
  • SCTP stream control transmission protocol
  • the source access network device can discover a new cell through the PCI reported by the terminal device, and then can obtain the global radio access network identifier of the target access network device through the CGI of the cell reported by the terminal device.
  • the source access network device knows the global radio access network identifier of the target access network device, but does not know the information used by the target access network device to establish the control plane interface
  • the source access network device needs to pass through the core network first.
  • the device obtains the information used by the target access network device to establish the control plane interface, and then can establish the control plane interface with the target access network device according to the information used by the target access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the information for establishing a control plane interface may be a transport network layer (transport network layer, TNL) address, or may be other information that can be used for establishing a control plane interface, which is not limited herein.
  • TNL transport network layer
  • the following description will be given by taking an example that the information for establishing a control plane interface is a TNL address.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of establishing a control plane interface disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device 1 may send an uplink RAN configuration transfer (uplinkRAN configuration transfer) message to the core network device, and the message may carry the access network device 1 (ie, the source access network device) and the access network device.
  • uplink RAN configuration transfer uplinkRAN configuration transfer
  • the global radio access network identity of device 2 (ie, the target access network device).
  • the message may also carry the TNL address of the access network device 1 . This message is used to obtain the TNL address of the access network device 2 .
  • the core network device After the core network device receives the uplink RAN configuration transfer message from the access network device 1, it can send the downlink RAN configuration transfer to the access network device 2 according to the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 2. )information.
  • the message may carry the global radio access network identifiers of the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 .
  • the access network device 2 After the access network device 2 receives the downlink RAN configuration transfer message from the core network device, it can respond by sending an uplink RAN configuration transfer message to the core network device, and the message can carry one or more TNL addresses, one or more of the above.
  • the TNL address is the TNL address where the access network device 1 performs the SCTP connection.
  • the message may also carry the global radio access network identifiers of the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 .
  • the core network device After the core network device receives the uplink RAN configuration transfer message from the access network device 2, it can send the downlink RAN configuration transfer message to the access network device 1 according to the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 1.
  • the message carries the There are one or more of the above TNL addresses.
  • the access network device 1 After the access network device 1 receives the downlink RAN configuration transfer message from the core network device, it can send a control plane interface establishment request to the access network device 2 according to the above one or more TNL addresses. After the access network device 2 receives the control plane interface establishment request from the access network device 1 , it may send control plane interface establishment response information to the access network device 1 .
  • the control plane interface can be an Xn interface or an X2 interface.
  • FIG. 4 is another schematic flowchart of establishing a control plane interface disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is applied to an evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) NR dual connectivity (E-UTRA NR dual connectivity, EN-DC) scenario.
  • the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 are access network devices in long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), and the access network device 3 is the access network device in NR.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the access network device 3 is the access network device in NR.
  • the access network device 2 and the access network device 3 establish an EN-DC interface.
  • the configuration corresponding to the access network device 3 may be configured with the global radio access network identifier and TNL address of the LTE access network device 2 that needs to establish an EN-DC control plane interface with the access network device.
  • the access network device 3 can send an EN-DC setup request (such as EN-DC X2 Setup Request) message to the access network device 2, and the message can carry the global wireless access network identifier of the access network device 3, and the message also The CGI of the cell managed or served by the access network device 3 may be carried.
  • EN-DC setup request such as EN-DC X2 Setup Request
  • the access network device 2 After the access network device 2 receives the EN-DC setup request message from the access network device 3, it can send an EN-DC setup request response (such as EN-DC X2 Setup Response) message to the access network device 3, which can Carrying the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 2, the message may also carry the CGI of the cell managed or served by the access network device 2.
  • the access network device 2 After the access network device 2 establishes the EN-DC interface with the access network device 3, the access network device 2 can send the selected tracking area code (tracking area code, TAC), instruction information and TAC of the access network device 2 to the core network device.
  • TAC tracking area code
  • the above information may be sent through a first message, and the first message may be a control plane interface establishment message or an access network device configuration update message.
  • the access network device 1 (that is, the source access network device) may send a second message to the core network device, and the second message may carry the second indication information, and the second indication information is used to obtain the access network device 3 (that is, the target access network device). network access device) TNL address.
  • the second message may also carry the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 3 , the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 1 , and the TNL address of the access network device 1 .
  • the second message may also carry the selected tracking area identity (tracking area identity, TAI) of the access network device 3 and the selected tracking area identity of the access network device 1, wherein the tracking area identity includes the PLMN identity and the TAC.
  • the second message may be an eNB configuration transfer (eNB configuration transfer) message, or may be other messages.
  • the core network device can send a first request to the access network device 2 that establishes the EN-DC interface with the access network device 3 according to the second indication information, the first request For obtaining the TNL address of the access network device 3, the first request may be carried in a third message, and the third message may be a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) configuration transfer (MME configuration transfer) message, the third message
  • MME mobility management entity
  • MME configuration transfer mobility management entity
  • the global wireless access network identifiers of the access network device 1 and the access network device 3 may also be carried.
  • the third message may also carry the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 3 , the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 1 , and the TNL address of the access network device 1 .
  • the access network device 2 may send a fourth message to the access network device 3 according to the first request, and the fourth message may carry the first request, the access network device 1 and the access network device 3.
  • the fourth message may also carry the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 3 , the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 1 , and the TNL address of the access network device 1 .
  • the fourth message may be an EN-DC configuration transfer message.
  • the access network device 3 may send a fifth message to the access network device 2, where the fifth message carries response information, and the response information may include the information of the access network device 1.
  • the response information may also carry the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 3 and the selected tracking area of the access network device 1. logo.
  • the fifth message may be an EN-DC configuration transfer message.
  • the access network device 2 After the access network device 2 receives the fifth message from the access network device 3, it can send a sixth message to the core network device, where the sixth message carries the response information, and the sixth message can be an eNB configuration transfer message.
  • the core network device may send a seventh message to the access network device 1, where the seventh message carries the response information, and the seventh message may be an MME configuration transfer message.
  • the access network device 1 After the access network device 1 receives the seventh message from the core network device, it can send an EN-DC setup request (such as EN-DC X2 Setup Request) message to the access network device 3 according to the TNL address of the access network device 3,
  • EN-DC setup request such as EN-DC X2 Setup Request
  • the message carries the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 3 , and the message may also carry the CGI of the cell managed or served by the access network device 3 .
  • the access network device 3 After the access network device 3 receives the EN-DC setup request message from the access network device 1, it can send an EN-DC setup response (such as EN-DC X2 Setup Response) message to the access network device 1, which can carry There is the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 1 , and the message may also carry the CGI of the cell managed or served by the access network device 1 .
  • EN-DC setup response such as EN-DC X2 Setup Response
  • the precondition for establishing the control plane interface above is that the source access network device knows the global radio access network identifier of the target access network device.
  • the source access network device knows the CGI of a cell in the target access network device, but cannot determine the global radio access network identifier of the target access network device, the control cannot be established by the method corresponding to FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 . face interface.
  • the length of the access network identifier can be configured through operation administration and maintenance (OAM), so that the access network identifier can obtain the corresponding access network identifier according to the CGI reported by the terminal device.
  • OAM operation administration and maintenance
  • the length of the access network identity of each PLMN is fixed, but this limits the flexibility of wireless network deployment.
  • the access network device can obtain the length of the access network identifier of the adjacent access network device, so that the access network identifier can be determined according to the length of the access network identifier.
  • the access network device may broadcast the length of the access network identifier in the broadcast message.
  • the terminal equipment reports the CGI of a certain cell, it may carry the length of the access network identifier in the broadcast message, so that the access network equipment can determine the length of the access network identifier according to the CGI of the cell and the length of the access network identifier corresponding to the cell The access network identifier corresponding to the cell.
  • the core network device may determine the access network identifier or the length of the access network identifier of the target access network device.
  • the access network device may send its own global wireless access network identifier to the core network device.
  • the access network device can send the CGI to the core network device, so that the core network device can infer the CGI and the access network identifier reported by each access network device.
  • the access network device corresponding to the CGI.
  • the core network device can use the cell ID in the CGI to match the access network ID reported by each access network device, and match the access network device with the cell ID that can perform the longest match among the access network IDs of each access network device. as a candidate access network device.
  • the access network ID reported by the access network device 1 to the core network device is 1100
  • the access network ID reported by the access network device 2 to the core network device is 1101
  • the access network device 3 The access network identifier reported to the core network device is 111.
  • the access network device 1 finds that the cell identifier in the CGI of a target cell is 11100, the access network device 1 sends the TNL request to the core network device, and carries the cell identifier 11100 in the CGI of the cell.
  • the core network device can find the longest matching access network identifier from the access network identifiers (1100, 1101 and 111) of each access network device connected in the core network device according to 11100 in the CGI as a candidate access network device.
  • the access network identifier 111 is the longest match, that is, the access network device 3 is used as a candidate access network device, and the core network device can send the TNL request of the access network device 1 to the access network device 3).
  • the broadcast message needs to be modified, and it can only be modified in the latest protocol version, so that the terminal device that only supports the old protocol version cannot report the access network ID, while the terminal device that supports the latest protocol version in the current network cannot report the ID of the access network. Very few, so the use cases of this scheme are limited.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a cell identifier and an access network identifier disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the node numbers at the top of different grayscales are the access network identifiers
  • the node numbers at the bottom of different grayscales are the cell identifiers of the cells corresponding to the access network equipment.
  • the access network device 3 finds a cell 11010 under the access network device 1.
  • the core network device adopts the longest matching, and the core network device will think that the cell belongs to the access network device 2, which will lead to a matching error.
  • cells corresponding to the access network devices above and below may be understood as cells associated with the access network devices.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the information of the target cell may include the cell identity of the target cell, and may also include the CGI of the target cell.
  • the information of the target cell may also include the TAI or TAC corresponding to the target cell, so that the core network device can determine which core network device the access network device managing the target cell is connected to.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device discovers the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a cell in the neighbor cell list, when it is determined that the target cell is not the first access network device. When the cell managed by the network device or the target cell does not belong to the cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device needs to interact with the target cell or the second access network, the first access network device can send The core network equipment sends the information of the target cell.
  • the first access network device may be any access network device that establishes a connection with the core network device.
  • the first access network device may send the information of the target cell to the core network device through a message, and the information of the target cell may be included in the message and sent to the core network device.
  • This message can be an uplink RAN configuration transfer message, a handover required message, an eNB configuration transfer message, or other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the auxiliary information may include the identity of the first access network device and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device.
  • the cell associated with the first access network device may include a cell managed or served by the first access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the first access network device and whose cell identifier includes an identifier of the first access network device.
  • the identity information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device may include all cell identities or global cell identities of the cell corresponding to the first access network device, or may include a common value of all cell identities of the cell corresponding to the first access network device.
  • the common part of multiple cell identities in the present invention means that these cell identities all start with the common part, and all cell identities starting with the common part are within these cell identities. Starting with the common part, it can be understood that the leftmost part of the cell identifier is the common part.
  • the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be the cell corresponding to the cell identifiers 11110 and 11111, that is, the cell managed by the access network device 3; It may also be the cells corresponding to the cell identifiers 11100 and 11101 , that is, the cells that are not managed by the access network device 3 and the cell identifiers 11100 and 11101 include the identifier 111 of the access network device 3 .
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may include 11110 and 11111, that is, the cell identification of the cell corresponding to the first access network device, or may include 1111, indicating the cell corresponding to the cell identification of all cells starting with 1111 All belong to the access network device 3, or are managed or served by the access network device 3, that is, the common part of all cell identifiers of the cells corresponding to the access network device.
  • the core network device does not know the length of the cell identifier of the cell managed by the first access network device, if the identification information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device only includes the cell of the cell corresponding to the first access network device
  • the common part of the identification the above-mentioned auxiliary information may also include the length of the cell identification of the cell corresponding to the first access network device, so that the core network device can, according to the common part and length of the cell identification of the cell corresponding to the first access network device, Determine the identity of the cell corresponding to the first access network device (ie, the cell identity or the global cell identity).
  • the core network device receives this auxiliary information from the first access network device. Afterwards, the core network device may determine the correspondence between the cell managed by the first access network device and the first access network device according to the auxiliary information. The correspondence between the cell managed by the first access network device and the first access network device may be the correspondence between the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device and the identity of the first access network device.
  • the core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • the core network device may determine the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • the core network device may determine the first identifier, and may also determine the length of the first identifier.
  • the first identifier may be the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the length of the first identifier may be the number of bits occupied by the first identifier.
  • the identifier of the access network device may be the access network identifier of the access network device, or the global wireless access network identifier of the access network device.
  • the target cell is managed by the second access network device. It can be understood that the target cell is a cell managed by the second access network device, and it can also be understood that the second access network device is an access network device that manages the target cell.
  • the core network device can first receive the auxiliary information, and then can determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information, so that after receiving the information of the target cell from the first access network device, it can determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information.
  • the information and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device determine the second access network device.
  • the auxiliary information here is all the auxiliary information reported by the access network device, which may include the auxiliary information in step 601 .
  • the corresponding relationship here may include the corresponding relationship in step 601 .
  • the core network equipment maintains the correspondence between the cells of each PLMN and the access network equipment, and the core network equipment receives the information of the target cell.
  • the second access network device is determined according to the PLMN information of the target cell and the cell identity of the target cell.
  • the core network device can also find out which core network device the access network device managing the target cell is connected to according to the TAI or TAC of the target cell, so that the core network device further determines the second access network device.
  • Multiple access network devices can send multiple pieces of auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may receive multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices.
  • Multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with multiple pieces of auxiliary information. It can be seen that an access network device can send unique auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the plurality of access network devices may include a second access network device.
  • the third access network device may send the first assistance information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may receive the first assistance information from the third access network device.
  • the third access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device. It can be seen that all access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device can send auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the third access network device may send the first assistance information to the core network device during or after establishing the connection with the core network device.
  • the first auxiliary information may be actively reported by the third access network device, or may be sent to the core network device according to the acquisition request after receiving the acquisition request from the core network device.
  • the corresponding relationship in this step may be the corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the access network device here can be any access network device that has reported auxiliary information.
  • the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device may be as shown in Table 1 or Table 2:
  • ID of the access network device The identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment Access network equipment 1 Cell 1 Access network equipment 2 Cell 2, Cell 4, Cell 5 Access network equipment 3 Cell 6, Cell 8 ... ...
  • one access network device can manage one or more cells.
  • the identity of one access network device may correspond to the identity of one cell, or may correspond to the identity of multiple cells. However, the identity of one cell can only correspond to the identity of one access network device.
  • the auxiliary information in this step may include the identity of the access network device and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the access network device.
  • the cell corresponding to the access network device may include a cell managed or served by the access network device.
  • the cell corresponding to the access network device may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell ID includes the ID of the access network device, which can be understood as taking the access network ID of the access network device as Beginning with but not belonging to the cell managed or served by the access network equipment. Starting with the access network identifier of an access network device, it can be understood that the leftmost part of the cell identifier is the access network identifier of the access network device.
  • the auxiliary information may directly include identification information of a cell corresponding to the access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device may include all cell identifications or CGIs of the cell corresponding to the access network device, may also include the common part of all cell identifications of the cell corresponding to the access network device, and may also include the access network device. Part of the cell identity or CGI of the cell corresponding to the device, and the common part of other partial cell identities.
  • the common part of all or part of the cell identifiers of the cells corresponding to the access network device may be referred to as a sub-node identifier, and may also be referred to as a sub-access network identifier.
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device includes the common part of the cell identification of the cell corresponding to the access network device, information to be sent by the access network device can be reduced, thereby reducing overhead.
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device may be a list.
  • the auxiliary information may include an indication.
  • the indication information may indicate that the cell identifiers starting with the access network identifier of the access network device all belong to the cells managed or served by the access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device may be a value.
  • the cell corresponding to the access network device includes a cell managed by the access network device as an example for description.
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 1 may be the cell identification list ⁇ 11000, 11001, 11010, 11100, 11101 ⁇
  • the cell identification information corresponding to the access network device 2 The identification information of the cell may be the cell identification list ⁇ 11011 ⁇
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be the cell identification list ⁇ 11110, 11111 ⁇ .
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 1 may be ⁇ all cell IDs starting with 1100, 11010, all cell IDs starting with 1110 ⁇ , and the cell corresponding to the access network device 2
  • the identification information of may be the cell identification list ⁇ 11011 ⁇
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be the cell identification list ⁇ all cell identifications starting with 1111 ⁇ .
  • the description is given by taking as an example that the cell corresponding to the access network device includes a cell that is not managed by the access network device and the cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 1 may be the cell identification list ⁇ 11011, 11110, 11111 ⁇
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 2 It may be the cell identification list ⁇ 11010 ⁇
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be the cell identification list ⁇ 11100, 11101 ⁇ .
  • the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 1 may be ⁇ 11011, all cell identifications starting with 1111 ⁇ , and the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 2 may be the cell identification list ⁇ 11010 ⁇ , the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be a cell identification list ⁇ all cell identifications starting with 1110 ⁇ .
  • Different access network devices can determine which method to use to report the identification information of the cells to the core network device according to the list of cells managed or served by themselves. For example, the access network device may decide which method to adopt according to the overhead of various methods.
  • the auxiliary information reported by the access network device to the core network device is not necessarily a correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device. Therefore, after receiving the auxiliary information, the core network device can first determine the corresponding relationship according to the auxiliary information, so that the determination efficiency can be improved when the access network device needs to be determined according to the identity of the cell later. In addition, after receiving the auxiliary information, the core network device may directly determine the auxiliary information as a corresponding relationship. In this case, the corresponding relationship may not be the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device. relation.
  • the core network device receives the information of the target cell, it first needs to determine the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the stored correspondence, and then according to the determined correspondence The information of the relationship and the target cell determines the second access network device.
  • the third access network device may send the first auxiliary information to the core network device through the fourth access network device.
  • the core network device may receive the first assistance information from the third access network device through the fourth access network device.
  • the fourth access network device and the core network device have the same standard.
  • the access network equipment and the core network equipment cannot communicate directly, and the information can be sent to the access network equipment that communicates directly with the core network equipment.
  • the access network device generates auxiliary information and sends it to the core network device.
  • the third access network device may send information to the fourth access network device.
  • the information may include the cell identity or global cell identity of the cell managed by the third access network device, or may include the cell identity of the cell that is not managed by the third access network device and whose cell identity includes the identity of the third access network device. Cell identity or global cell identity.
  • the fourth access network device may generate the first auxiliary information according to the information sent by the third access network device, and send the first auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may receive the first assistance information through the fourth access network device.
  • the fourth access network device and the core network device have the same standard.
  • the standard corresponding to the core network device and the fourth access network device is LTE
  • the standard corresponding to the third access network device is NR
  • the standard corresponding to the core network device and the fourth access network device is NR
  • the standard corresponding to the third access network device is LTE.
  • the core network device After the core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device, it can send the first indication information to the first access network device. It is used to indicate the second access network device; it can also send the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device. After receiving the first indication information, the first identifier or the length of the first identifier from the core network device, the first access network device may communicate with the second access network device.
  • the following application scenario is to obtain information used by the second access network device to establish a control plane interface.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device during or after the connection is established with the core network device.
  • auxiliary information For the detailed description of the auxiliary information, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in steps 601 to 602 .
  • the access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device through a message.
  • This message may include auxiliary information.
  • This message can be a control plane interface setup request message, such as the NG setup request message.
  • This message may also be a control plane interface update message, such as a RAN configuration update message.
  • the core network device receives the auxiliary information from the access network device, and then can determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information, and can store the corresponding relationship so that it can be called later.
  • the corresponding relationship For a detailed description of the corresponding relationship, reference may be made to the relevant description in step 602 .
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device discovers the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a cell in the neighbor cell list, when it is determined that the target cell is not the first access network device. If the first access network device needs to establish a control plane interface with the second access network corresponding to the target cell when the cell managed by the network device or the target cell does not belong to the cell in the neighbor cell list, the first access network device can Send a message to the core network device, the message may include information of the target cell. This message can be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface.
  • This message may also include the identity of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish the control plane interface. Therefore, the access network device that manages the target cell knows that the control plane interface is to be established with the first access network device, and the information of the first access network device for establishing the control plane interface.
  • the message may also include the identity of the second access network device.
  • the message also needs to include an indication information, which can instruct the core network device to ignore the identifier of the second access network device included in the message, which can prevent the core network device from directly determining the identifier as the second access network device.
  • the identification of the device is not the identifier of the real second access network device, but the message must include the identifier of the target access network device due to reasons such as protocols (such as compatibility).
  • An identifier arbitrarily determined by an access network device is used as the identifier of the target access network device.
  • This message may also include the selected TAI of the first access network device and the selected TAI of the second access network device, thereby facilitating the determination of access network devices between different core networks or different PLMNs.
  • the second access network device In order for the second access network device to communicate with the cell managed by the first access network device, the second access network device does not need the core network device to obtain the first access network device according to the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device.
  • the second access network device can directly determine that the cell managed by the first access network device is managed by the first access network device, so as to determine the identification of the first access network device.
  • This message may also include Identification information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device.
  • the second access network device In order for the second access network device to communicate with a cell managed by an adjacent access network device of the first access network device, the second access network device does not need the core network device to The identity of the cell obtains the identity of the adjacent access network device, and the second access network device can directly determine that the cell managed by the adjacent access network device is managed by the adjacent access network device, so as to determine the adjacent access network device.
  • the identification of the access network device, the message may also include the identification of the adjacent access network device of the first access network device and the identification information of the cell corresponding to the adjacent access network device of the first access network device.
  • This message can be an uplink RAN configuration transfer message or other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
  • the core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • the access network device 3 in FIG. 5 is the first access network device, and the access network device 2 is the second access network device.
  • the core network device may determine the second access network device according to the corresponding relationship determined by the auxiliary information reported by the access network device 1 - the access network device 3 and the information of the target cell.
  • step 703 reference may be made to the description of determining the second access network device in step 602.
  • the core network device sends the first request message to the second access network device.
  • the core network device may send the first request message to the second access network device.
  • the first request message may be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface.
  • the first request message may include an identifier of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish a control plane interface.
  • the first request message may further include the identifier of the target cell managed by the second access network device, so that the second access network device can further determine that the request is for the second access network device.
  • the first request message may further include the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the first request message may further include the selection TAI of the first access network device and the selection TAI of the second access network device.
  • the first request message may further include an identifier of a cell managed by the first access network device.
  • the first request message may be a downlink RAN configuration update message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the second access network device receives the first request message from the core network device.
  • the second access network device sends a first response message to the core network device.
  • the second access network device may determine the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface according to the first request message, and then may send the first request message to the core network device. response message.
  • the first response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the first access network device In order for the first access network device to communicate with the cell managed by the second access network device, the first access network device does not need the core network device to obtain the second access network device according to the identity of the cell managed by the second access network device.
  • the first access network device can directly determine that the cell managed by the second access network device is managed by the second access network device, so as to determine the identity of the second access network device.
  • This message may also include Identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device.
  • the first access network device In order for the first access network device to communicate with a cell managed by an adjacent access network device of the second access network device, the first access network device does not need the core network device to The identity of the cell obtains the identity of the adjacent access network device, and the first access network device can directly determine that the cell managed by the adjacent access network device is managed by the adjacent access network device, so as to determine the adjacent access network device.
  • the identity of the access network device, this message may also include the identity of the adjacent access network device of the second access network device and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the adjacent access network device of the second access network device.
  • the core network device receives the first response message from the second access network device.
  • the core network device sends a second response message to the first access network device.
  • the core network device may send the second response message to the first access network device.
  • the second response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the second response message may further include the identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device, the identification of the adjacent access network device of the second access network device, and the cell corresponding to the adjacent access network device of the second access network device identification information.
  • the first access network device receives the second response message from the core network device.
  • the first access network device establishes a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the first access network device may establish a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the process of establishing a control plane interface between the first access network device and the second access network device may pass through the core network device, or may not pass through the core network device.
  • the control plane interface may be an Xn interface or an X2 interface.
  • the first access network device may send an Xn establishment request message to the second access network device, where the message may include the identifier of the first access network device and the first access network device.
  • the identity of the cell managed by the network device After receiving the Xn establishment request message from the first access network device, the second access network device may send an Xn establishment response message to the first access network device, where the message may include the identifier of the second access network device and the first access network device. 2.
  • the Xn establishment request message may not only include the identity of the first access network device, the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device, and the identity of the adjacent cells of each cell, but also the corresponding access to the adjacent cells of each cell.
  • the identity of the network device (called the adjacent access network device) or the length of the identity of the adjacent access network device.
  • it may include the identity of the access network device corresponding to each adjacent cell or the length of the identity of the adjacent access network device, or the identity of the adjacent access network device of its own access network device or the identity of the adjacent access network device.
  • the length of the identity of the access network device, and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the adjacent access network device may include the identity of the access network device corresponding to each adjacent cell or the length of the identity of the adjacent access network device, or the identity of the adjacent access network device of its own access network device or the identity of the adjacent access network device.
  • the two access network devices can obtain the identity of the access network device corresponding to the adjacent cell of the opposite end or the length of the identity of the access network device, so that the above process does not need to be used for the adjacent cell of the opposite end next time, and can directly
  • the identity of the access network device corresponding to the adjacent cell is obtained according to the identity of the adjacent cell.
  • the second access network device may also directly send the first access network device to the first access network device without going through the core network device. response message.
  • the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once.
  • the following application scenario is that the terminal device is handed over to the target cell.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • step 801 may refer to the description of step 701 .
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device discovers the target cell or the first access network device determines that the terminal device needs to be switched to the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a neighboring cell For the cells in the list, when it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first access network device, or the target cell does not belong to a cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device needs to switch the terminal device to the cell corresponding to the target cell.
  • the second access network device, the first access network device may send a message to the core network device, and the message may include information of the target cell. This message can be used to request the terminal device to handover to the target cell.
  • the message may further include first configuration information, and the first configuration information may be resource information configured by the first access network device for the terminal device.
  • the resource information may be RRC resource configuration or other resource configuration, which is not limited here.
  • the message may also include identification information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device.
  • This message may also include the identity of the second access network device.
  • the message also needs to include an indication information, which can instruct the core network device to ignore the identifier of the second access network device included in the message, which can prevent the core network device from directly determining the identifier as the second access network device.
  • the identification of the device is not the identifier of the real second access network device, but the message must include the identifier of the target access network device due to reasons such as protocols (such as compatibility).
  • An identifier arbitrarily determined by an access network device is used as the identifier of the target access network device.
  • This message may be a handover required (handover required) message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the message may also include identification information of cells corresponding to the adjacent access network devices of the first access network device.
  • the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
  • the core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • step 803 reference may be made to the description of determining the second access network device in step 602.
  • the core network device sends a second request message to the second access network device.
  • the core network device may send a second request message to the second access network device.
  • the second request message is used to request the terminal device to switch to the target cell.
  • the second request message may include information of the target cell.
  • the second request message may also include the first configuration information.
  • the second request message may further include the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device.
  • the second request message may be a handover requirement message, or may be other messages, which are not limited herein.
  • the target access network device receives the second request message from the core network device.
  • the second access network device sends a third response message to the core network device.
  • the second access network device may configure second configuration information for the terminal device according to the second request message, and then may send a third response message to the core network device.
  • the third response message may include second configuration information, where the second configuration information is configuration information configured by the second access network device for the terminal device.
  • the third response message may further include identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device.
  • the third response message may further include identification information of cells corresponding to the adjacent access network devices of the second access network device.
  • the third response message may be a handover request acknowledgement (handover request acknowledge) message, or may be other messages, which are not limited herein.
  • the core network device receives the third response message from the second access network device.
  • the core network device sends a fourth response message to the first access network device.
  • the core network device may send a fourth response message to the first access network device.
  • the fourth response message may include second configuration information.
  • the fourth response message may further include the identification of the second access network device.
  • the fourth response message may further include identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device.
  • the fourth response message may further include identification information of cells corresponding to the adjacent access network devices of the second access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the fourth response message from the core network device. Afterwards, the first access network device can send the second configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can switch to the target cell according to the second configuration information.
  • the second access network device may also directly send the third access network device to the first access network device without going through the core network device. response message.
  • the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once.
  • the following application scenario is that the first access network device first obtains the information of the second access network device from the core network device, and then obtains the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface or the terminal device switches to the target cell.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • step 901 may refer to the description of step 701 .
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device discovers the target cell or the first access network device determines that the terminal device needs to be switched to the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a neighboring cell For cells in the list, when it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first access network device, or the target cell does not belong to a cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device needs a second access network corresponding to the target cell After accessing the network and establishing a control plane interface, the first access network device may send a message to the core network device, and the message may include information of the target cell. This message is used to request information of the second access network device.
  • the information of the second access network device may be the identifier of the second access network device, or may be the length of the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • step 903 reference may be made to the description of determining the second access network device in step 602.
  • the core network device indicates the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device.
  • the core network device may indicate or send the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the core network device.
  • the first identifier For a detailed description of the first identifier, reference may be made to the relevant description in step 602 .
  • the core network device may send or indicate the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device through a message.
  • this message may include the first identification or the length of the first identification.
  • this message may include indication information, which may be used to indicate the first identification or the length of the first identification.
  • This message may also include the identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device, so that when the first access network device needs to communicate with the cell managed by the second access network device, it is not necessary to perform the above process, and can be directly informed
  • the target cell is managed by the second access network device. Which mode the core network devices use can be determined according to the overhead they use.
  • the first access network device receives the first identifier or the length of the first identifier from the core network device.
  • the first access network device acquires information used by the second access network device to establish a control plane interface from the second access network device, or initiates a process of switching the terminal device to the target cell.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device receives the first identifier or the length of the first identifier from the core network device, or after determining the first identifier or the length of the first identifier according to the indication information, it can access the device from the second access network according to the first identifier.
  • the network device acquires the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface, and may also initiate a process of switching the terminal device to the target cell.
  • the process for the first access network device to obtain the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface from the second access network device may be as shown in FIG.
  • the network access device acquires, and then can establish a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the first access network device may send a message for acquiring information used by the second access network device to establish a control plane interface to the second access network device; the second access network device receives information from the first access network device. After this message of the network device, the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface may be sent to the first access network device.
  • the process for the first access network device to initiate handover of the terminal device to the target cell according to the first identifier may be as shown in FIG. 4 , or may be directly handed over without going through the core network device.
  • the first access network device may first determine the first identifier according to the length of the first identifier and the information of the target cell.
  • the first access network device may determine the first identifier according to the length of the first identifier and the cell identifier of the target cell.
  • the first access network device may determine the information of the length of the first first identifier that is in front of the cell identifier of the target cell as the first identifier.
  • the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once.
  • the following application scenarios are EN-DC scenarios.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the standard corresponding to the first access network device, the core network device, and the fourth access network device is the first standard, and the standard corresponding to the second access network device is the second standard.
  • a second access network device establishes an EN-DC interface with a fourth access network device.
  • step 1001 may refer to the relevant description corresponding to FIG. 4 .
  • notification information may be sent to the core network device, and the notification information may be used to notify the core network device of the second access network device and the fourth access network device.
  • the network equipment has established an EN-DC interface.
  • the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the access network device may directly send auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the first access network device and the fourth access network device may directly send auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may directly receive the corresponding auxiliary information sent from the first access network device and the fourth access network device.
  • the second access network device may send the auxiliary information to the core network device through the fourth access network device, that is, the second access network device may first send the auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the auxiliary information is sent to the fourth access network device, and after receiving the auxiliary information, the fourth access network device may send the auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may receive the auxiliary information from the second access network device through the fourth access network device.
  • the access network equipment and the core network equipment cannot communicate directly, and the information can be sent to the access network equipment that communicates directly with the core network equipment.
  • the access network device generates auxiliary information and sends it to the core network device.
  • the second access network device may send information to the fourth access network device.
  • the information may include the cell identity or global cell identity of the cell managed by the second access network device, or may include the cell identity of the cell that is not managed by the second access network device and whose cell identity includes the identity of the second access network device. Cell identity or global cell identity.
  • the fourth access network device After receiving the information from the second access network device, the fourth access network device can generate the first auxiliary information according to the information sent by the second access network device, and then can send the first auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may receive the first assistance information through the fourth access network device.
  • auxiliary information For the detailed description of the auxiliary information, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in steps 601 to 602 .
  • the core network device receives the auxiliary information from the access network device, and then can determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information, and can store the corresponding relationship so that it can be called later.
  • the corresponding relationship For a detailed description of the corresponding relationship, reference may be made to the relevant description in step 602 .
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device discovers the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a cell in the neighbor cell list, when it is determined that the target cell is not the first access network device. If the first access network device needs to establish a control plane interface with the second access network corresponding to the target cell when the cell managed by the network device or the target cell does not belong to the cell in the neighbor cell list, the first access network device can Send a message to the core network device, the message may include the information of the target cell. This message can be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface.
  • This message may also include the identity of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish the control plane interface. In the case that the message must include the identity of the second access network device, the message may also include the identity of the second access network device. At this time, the message also needs to include an indication information, which can instruct the core network device to ignore the identifier of the second access network device included in the message, which can prevent the core network device from directly determining the identifier as the second access network device. The identification of the device. This message may also include the selected TAI of the first access network device and the selected TAI of the second access network device. This message may also include the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device.
  • This message can be the eNB configuration transfer message or other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
  • the core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • step 1004 For other related descriptions of step 1004, reference may be made to the description of determining the second access network device in step 602.
  • the core network device sends a third request message to the fourth access network device.
  • the core network device After the core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device, it can determine the second access network device and the fourth access network device according to the above notification information
  • the EN-DC interface is established.
  • the core network device may send a third request message to the fourth access network device, where the third request message may be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface.
  • the third request message may include an identifier of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish a control plane interface.
  • the third request message may further include the identification of the second access network device.
  • the third request message may further include the selection TAI of the first access network device and the selection TAI of the second access network device.
  • the third request message may further include the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device.
  • the third request message may be an MME configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the fourth access network device receives the third request message from the core network device.
  • the fourth access network device sends a fourth request message to the second access network device.
  • the fourth access network device After receiving the third request message from the core network device, the fourth access network device sends a fourth request message to the second access network device, where the fourth request message is used to request information for establishing a control plane interface.
  • the fourth request message may include an identifier of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish a control plane interface.
  • the fourth request message may further include the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the fourth request message may further include the selection TAI of the first access network device and the selection TAI of the second access network device.
  • the fourth request message may be an EN-DC configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the second access network device receives the fourth request message from the fourth access network device.
  • the second access network device sends a fifth response message to the fourth access network device.
  • the second access network device After receiving the fourth request message from the fourth access network device, the second access network device can determine the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface according to the fourth request message, and then can send the fourth request message to the fourth access network device.
  • the network access device sends a fifth response message.
  • the fifth response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the fifth response message may further include the identity of the first access network device and the identity of the second access network device.
  • the fifth response message may be an EN-DC configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the fourth access network device receives the fifth response message from the second access network device.
  • the fourth access network device sends a sixth response message to the core network device.
  • the fourth access network device may send the sixth response message to the core network device.
  • the sixth response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the sixth response message may further include the identity of the first access network device and the identity of the second access network device.
  • the sixth response message may be the eNB configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the core network device receives the sixth response message from the fourth access network device.
  • the core network device sends a seventh response message to the first access network device.
  • the core network device may send the seventh response message to the first access network device.
  • the seventh response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the seventh response message may further include the identity of the first access network device and the identity of the second access network device.
  • the seventh response message may be the MME configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
  • the first access network device receives the seventh response message from the core network device.
  • the first access network device establishes a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the first access network device may establish a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the detailed description can refer to step 707.
  • the second access network device may also directly send the fifth access network device to the first access network device without going through the core network device. response message.
  • the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once.
  • step 1003 can also be used to request the terminal device to switch to the target cell, and for a detailed description, refer to the corresponding description in FIG. 8 .
  • step 1003 can also be used to request the information of the second access network device.
  • the core network device can send or indicate the first identifier or the first identifier to the first access network device. length. For a detailed description, refer to the corresponding description in FIG. 9 .
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device discovers the target cell or the first access network device determines that the terminal device needs to be switched to the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a neighboring cell For a cell in the list, when it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first access network device, or the target cell does not belong to a cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device has service requirements, it needs to communicate with the target cell or the first access network device. When the two access networks interact, the first access network device may send the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the first access network device may send a message to the core network device, and the message may include information of the target cell. This message may be used to request information for the second access network device. For other related descriptions, refer to step 601 .
  • the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
  • the core network device sends second indication information to the first access network device.
  • the core network device may determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the stored identifier of the access network device.
  • the core network device can determine whether the cell identifier of the target cell includes the second identifier, and when it is determined that the cell identifier of the target cell includes the second identifier, it can determine the access network device corresponding to the second identifier as a candidate access network device.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of any access network device among the identifiers of the access network device stored by the core network device.
  • the core network device may send second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information may indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the second indication information may indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the identity of the access network device may be reported to the core network device during or after the access network device establishes a connection with the core network.
  • the first access network device receives the second indication information from the core network device.
  • the first access network device sends a first message including the information of the target cell to one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the first access network device may send a first message including information about the target cell to one or more candidate access network devices, that is, to one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the network devices respectively send the first message, that is, send a first message to each candidate access network device.
  • the first message is used to determine the second access network device.
  • the first message may include information of the target cell.
  • the first access network device may directly send the first message to the candidate access network device, that is, without going through the core network device; or may send the first message to the candidate access network device through the core network device, that is, the first message may be sent to the candidate access network device.
  • the message is first sent to the core network device, and after receiving the first message, the core network device may send the first message to the candidate access network device.
  • the one or more candidate access network devices receive the first message from the first access network device.
  • one or more candidate access network devices may send one or more response information to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives one or more response information from one or more candidate access network devices, it may determine the second access network device according to the one or more response information.
  • the first candidate access network device may send the first response information to the first access network device.
  • the first candidate access network device can determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device according to the information of the target cell, and when it is determined that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, the first response The information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device. When it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device.
  • the first candidate access network device is any candidate access network device among one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the first response information is response information corresponding to the first candidate access network device, and may also be understood as response information sent by the first candidate access network device to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device receives one or more response information from one or more candidate access network devices, it can determine whether there is second response information in the one or more response information to indicate that the target cell is the second response information. For a cell managed by the candidate access network device, when it is determined that the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, the second candidate access network device may be determined to be the second access network equipment.
  • the second response information is one of the one or more response information
  • the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
  • the second candidate access network device may first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device according to the information of the target cell , when it is determined that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, second response information may be sent to the first access network device, where the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is the second candidate access network device managed area.
  • the second candidate access network device does not send response information to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the access network device sends the identification of the access network device to the core network device.
  • the access network device may send the identity of the access network device to the core network device.
  • the identification of the access network device may be actively sent by the access network device to the core network device, or may be sent to the core network device after receiving a request from the core network device.
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • step 1202 may refer to step 1101.
  • the core network device sends second indication information to the first access network device.
  • step 1203 may refer to step 1102.
  • the first access network device sends a first message including information of the target cell to one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the first message may be used for requesting information for establishing a control plane interface, and may also be used for a process of requesting the terminal device to switch to the target cell, and may also be used for other purposes, which are not limited herein.
  • step 1204 may refer to step 1103.
  • One or more candidate access network devices send one or more response information to the first access network device.
  • the second response information may include information used by the second access network device for establishing a control plane interface.
  • the second response information may include configuration information configured by the second access network device for the terminal device.
  • the access network device only needs to report the identity to the core network device once.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the first access network device sends information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device discovers the target cell or the first access network device determines that the terminal device needs to be switched to the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a neighboring cell For a cell in the list, when it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first access network device, or the target cell does not belong to a cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device has service requirements, it needs to communicate with the target cell or the first access network device. When the two access networks interact, the first access network device may send the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the first access network device may send a message to the core network device, and the message may include information of the target cell.
  • This message may be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface, may also be used to request the process of handover of the terminal device to the target cell, and may also be used for other purposes, which are not limited herein. For other related descriptions, refer to step 601 .
  • the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
  • the core network device sends a second message to one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the core network device may determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the stored identifier of the access network device.
  • the core network device can determine whether the cell identifier of the target cell includes the second identifier, and when it is determined that the cell identifier of the target cell includes the second identifier, it can determine the access network device corresponding to the second identifier as a candidate access network device.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of any access network device among the identifiers of the access network device stored by the core network device.
  • the core network device may then send the second message to one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the second message is used to determine the second access network device.
  • the one or more candidate access network devices receive the second message from the core network device.
  • one or more candidate access network devices may send one or more response messages to the core network device.
  • the core network device receives one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices, it may determine the second access network device according to the one or more response information.
  • the first candidate access network device may send the first response information to the core network device.
  • the first candidate access network device can determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device according to the information of the target cell, and when it is determined that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, the first response The information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device. When it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device.
  • the first candidate access network device is any candidate access network device among one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the first response information is response information corresponding to the first candidate access network device.
  • the core network device After the core network device receives one or more response information from one or more candidate access network devices, it can determine whether there is second response information in the one or more response information to indicate that the target cell is the second candidate for access
  • the cell managed by the network device may determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device when it is determined that there is second response information for indicating that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device.
  • the second response information is one of the one or more response information
  • the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
  • the second candidate access network device may first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device according to the information of the target cell, and when determining whether the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device.
  • second response information may be sent to the core network device, where the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device.
  • the second candidate access network device does not send response information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device.
  • the core network device may send the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the access network device sends the identification of the access network device to the core network device.
  • step 1401 may refer to step 1201 .
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • step 1402 may refer to step 1202.
  • the core network device sends a second message to one or more candidate access network devices.
  • step 1403 may refer to step 1302.
  • the one or more candidate access network devices send one or more response information to the core network device.
  • step 1404 may refer to the related content below step 1302.
  • the core network device sends the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • the second message may be used for requesting information for establishing a control plane interface, and may also be used for requesting the process of switching the terminal device to the target cell, and may also be used for other purposes, which are not limited herein.
  • the second response information may include information used by the second access network device for establishing a control plane interface.
  • the second response information may include configuration information configured by the second access network device for the terminal device.
  • the access network device only needs to report the identity to the core network device once.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15 , the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • step 1501 may refer to step 601 .
  • the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
  • the core network device sends the information of the target cell to the second access network device.
  • the core network device may receive auxiliary information first. Multiple access network devices can send multiple pieces of auxiliary information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may receive multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices. Multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with multiple auxiliary information. It can be seen that one access network device can send one unique auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the plurality of access network devices may include a second access network device.
  • the fourth access network device may send the second auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may receive the second assistance information from the fourth access network device.
  • the fourth access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device. It can be seen that all access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device can send auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the auxiliary information may include the identity of the access network device.
  • the core network device may group the auxiliary information according to the identification of the access network device included in the auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information for which the identifiers of the access network devices are associated ie, overlapping
  • the identification of the access network device is associated or overlapped may be understood as the association or overlap of the leftmost part of the identification of the access network device. For example, as shown in FIG. 5 , the identifier of the access network device 1 is 11, the identifier of the access network device 2 is 1101, and the identifier of the access network device 3 is 1111.
  • the identities of the access network device 1 and the access network device 3 overlap, that is, the leftmost parts of their identities overlap. Since the identifier of access network device 1 is the leftmost part of the identifiers of access network device 2 and access network device 3, it can be considered that access network device 1 and access network device 2 completely overlap, and access network device 1 It completely overlaps with the access network equipment 3. Access network device 2 and access network device 3 do not completely overlap.
  • the core network device may send first auxiliary information to the second access network device, where the first auxiliary information is auxiliary information in which the identification of the access network device in the auxiliary information is associated with the identification of the second access network device.
  • the first auxiliary information is auxiliary information other than the auxiliary information corresponding to the second access network device in a group of auxiliary information corresponding to the second access network device.
  • the first auxiliary information may include one or more auxiliary information.
  • the second access network device may be the access network device with the longest identifier of the access network device among the access network devices corresponding to the first group of auxiliary information, or may be the access network device corresponding to the first group of auxiliary information
  • the access network device with the shortest identifier of the access network device among the access network devices may also be any access network device among the access network devices corresponding to the first group of auxiliary information.
  • the first group of auxiliary information is a group of auxiliary information corresponding to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device may determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device according to the first auxiliary information, and store the correspondence.
  • the correspondence here may be the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the third auxiliary information may include the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the fifth access network device.
  • the cell corresponding to the fifth access network device may include a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the fifth access network device and whose cell identifier includes an identifier of the fifth access network device.
  • the third auxiliary information is any auxiliary information in the first auxiliary information, and the fifth access network device is an access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
  • the fifth access network device is an access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
  • the core network device may determine the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the stored identifier of the access network device.
  • the identity of the second access network device is associated with the identity of the target cell.
  • the core network device may send the information of the target cell to the second access network device.
  • the core network device may send the information of the target cell to the second access network device through a message.
  • the second message may include information of the target cell.
  • the second access network device receives the information of the target cell from the core network device.
  • the second access network device determines a third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • the target cell is a cell managed by the third access network device. For a detailed description, refer to step 602 .
  • the second access network device sends the identity of the third access network device to the core network device.
  • the second access network device may send the identity of the third access network device to the core network device.
  • the core network device receives the identification of the third access network device from the second access network device.
  • the core network device may send the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may communicate with the third access network device.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16, the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • step 1601 may refer to the related description below step 1502.
  • the core network device sends the first auxiliary information to the second access network device.
  • step 1602 may refer to the related description below step 1502.
  • the second access network device receives the first assistance information from the core network device.
  • the first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
  • the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
  • step 1603 may refer to the description of step 1501.
  • the core network device sends the information of the target cell to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the information of the target cell from the core network device.
  • step 1604 may refer to the description of step 1502.
  • the second access network device determines the third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • step 1605 may refer to the description of step 1503 .
  • the second access network device sends the identity of the third access network device to the core network device.
  • step 1606 may refer to the description of step 1504.
  • the core network device sends a fifth request message to the third access network device.
  • the message in step 1603 is used to request information for establishing the control plane interface.
  • the fifth request message is also used to request information for establishing the control plane interface.
  • the third access network device sends an eighth response message to the core network device.
  • the eighth response message may include information used by the third access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the core network device sends a ninth response message to the first access network device.
  • the ninth response message may include information used by the third access network device to establish the control plane interface.
  • the first access network device establishes a control plane interface with the third access network device.
  • the message in step 1603 can also be used to request the terminal equipment to switch to the target cell.
  • steps 1601 to 1610 may refer to the above-mentioned related descriptions.
  • the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once.
  • the core network device only needs to send the first auxiliary information to the second access network device once.
  • the third access network device may also directly send the eighth response message to the first access network device, that is, without going through the core network device.
  • the core network device when the core network device receives the identifier of the third access network device from the second access network device, it can also send the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device. After the first access network device receives the identifier from the third access network device, it can be used to request the third access network device to request information for establishing a control plane interface, so as to establish a connection with the third access network device. Control plane interface; can also be used to initiate the process of switching the terminal equipment to the target cell.
  • the functions performed by the core network equipment in the above communication method may also be performed by modules (for example, chips) in the core network equipment, and the functions performed by the access network equipment (for example, the first access network equipment, the second access network equipment The functions performed by the device, the third access network device, etc.) may also be performed by a module (eg, a chip) in the access network device.
  • modules for example, chips
  • the functions performed by the access network equipment for example, the first access network equipment, the second access network equipment
  • a module eg, a chip
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may include a receiving unit 1701 , a determining unit 1702 and a sending unit 1703 .
  • the communication apparatus may be core network equipment, or may be a module in the core network equipment. in:
  • a receiving unit 1701 configured to receive information from a target cell of a first access network device
  • the determining unit 1702 is configured to determine the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  • the receiving unit 1701 is further configured to receive auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the above-mentioned corresponding relationship.
  • receiving the auxiliary information by the receiving unit 1701 includes:
  • Multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices are received, the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information, and the multiple access network devices include a second access network device.
  • the receiving unit 1701 receives multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices including:
  • Receive first auxiliary information from a third access network device where the third access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
  • the above-mentioned corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the above-mentioned auxiliary information includes the identity of the access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the access network device.
  • the cell associated with the access network device includes a cell managed by the access network device, or,
  • the cells associated with the access network equipment include cells that are not managed by the access network equipment and whose cell identifiers include the identifiers of the access network equipment.
  • the receiving unit 1701 receiving the first assistance information from the third access network device includes:
  • the first assistance information from the third access network device is received by the fourth access network device.
  • the determining unit 1702 is specifically configured to determine the first identifier or the length of the first identifier, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the sending unit 1703 is configured to indicate the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device includes at least one of the following:
  • the cell identity or global cell identity of the cell associated with the access network device is the cell identity or global cell identity of the cell associated with the access network device
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • receiving unit 1701 determining unit 1702, and transmitting unit 1703 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 6-FIG. 10, and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication apparatus may be the second access network device, or may be a module in the second access network device, wherein:
  • a receiving unit 1701 configured to receive information from a target cell of a core network device
  • the determining unit 1702 is configured to determine a third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
  • the receiving unit 1701 is further configured to receive first auxiliary information from the core network device, the first auxiliary information is used to determine the above-mentioned corresponding relationship, and the identifier of the access network device in the first auxiliary information is connected to the second connection The identification of the network access device is associated.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the third auxiliary information includes an identification of the fifth access network device and identification information of a cell associated with the fifth access network device, the third auxiliary information is any auxiliary information in the first auxiliary information, and the third auxiliary information is any one of the first auxiliary information.
  • the fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or,
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the cell managed by the fifth access network device and the cell identity includes the identity of the fifth access network device.
  • the determining unit 1702 is specifically configured to determine the identity of the third access network device.
  • the sending unit 1703 is configured to send the identification of the third access network device to the core network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following:
  • the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the fifth access network device
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • receiving unit 1701 determining unit 1702 and transmitting unit 1703 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the second access network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 15-16, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may include a sending unit 1801 and a receiving unit 1802 .
  • the communication device may be the first access network device, or may be a module in the first access network device, wherein:
  • a sending unit 1801 configured to send information of a target cell to a core network device, where the information of the target cell is used to determine a second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device;
  • the receiving unit 1802 is configured to receive first indication information from a core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a second access network device.
  • the sending unit 1801 is further configured to send auxiliary information to the core network device, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • the above-mentioned corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the above-mentioned auxiliary information includes an identity of the first access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the first access network device.
  • the cell associated with the first access network device includes a cell managed by the first access network device, or,
  • the cells associated with the first access network device include cells that are not managed by the first access network device and whose cell identifiers include an identifier of the first access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the first access network device includes at least one of the following:
  • the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the first access network device
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • the communication device may be core network equipment, or may be a module in the core network equipment, wherein:
  • a receiving unit 1802 configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device
  • a sending unit 1801 configured to send second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices, the one or more candidate access network devices according to the target Cell information is determined.
  • the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • receiving unit 1802 and the sending unit 1801 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 12 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device may be core network equipment, or may be a module in core network equipment, wherein:
  • a receiving unit 1802 configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device
  • a sending unit 1801 configured to send information of a target cell to a second access network device, where an identifier of the second access network device is associated with an identifier of the target cell;
  • the receiving unit 1802 is further configured to receive the identifier of the third access network device from the second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
  • the receiving unit 1802 is further configured to receive auxiliary information
  • the sending unit 1801 is further configured to send first auxiliary information to the second access network device, where the first auxiliary information is auxiliary information in which the identity of the access network device is associated with the identity of the second access network device in the above auxiliary information, The first auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  • receiving the auxiliary information by the receiving unit 1802 includes:
  • Multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices are received, and multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with multiple pieces of auxiliary information.
  • the receiving unit 1802 receives a plurality of auxiliary information from a plurality of access network devices including:
  • Receive second auxiliary information from a fourth access network device where the fourth access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  • the third auxiliary information includes an identification of the fifth access network device and identification information of a cell associated with the fifth access network device, the third auxiliary information is any auxiliary information in the first auxiliary information, and the third auxiliary information is any one of the first auxiliary information.
  • the fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or,
  • the cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the cell managed by the fifth access network device and the cell identifier includes the identifier of the fifth access network device.
  • the sending unit 1801 is further configured to send the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device.
  • the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following:
  • the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the fifth access network device
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • receiving unit 1802 and the sending unit 1801 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 16 , and details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the communication device may include:
  • a sending unit 1901 configured to send the information of the target cell to the core network device
  • a receiving unit 1902 configured to receive second indication information from a core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices;
  • the sending unit 1901 is further configured to send a first message to the above-mentioned one or more candidate access network devices, respectively, where the first message includes information of the target cell, and the first message is used to determine the second access network device, and the target cell is selected by the first message. 2. Access network equipment management.
  • the receiving unit 1902 is further configured to receive one or more response information from the above-mentioned one or more candidate access network devices;
  • the communication device may also include:
  • the determining unit 1903 is configured to determine the second access network device according to the above one or more response information.
  • the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, and the first response information is For any response information in the above one or more response information, the first candidate access network device is the candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information;
  • the determining unit 1903 is specifically configured to, when the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device, and the second response information is one of the above one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
  • the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may include:
  • a receiving unit 2001 configured to receive information from a target cell of a first access network device
  • the sending unit 2002 is configured to send a second message to one or more candidate access network devices, where the second message includes information of the target cell, and the second message is used to determine the second access network device, the one or more candidate access network devices.
  • the network access device determines according to the information of the target cell, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  • the communication device may further include:
  • the determining unit 2003 is configured to determine the above-mentioned one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the identifier of the access network device.
  • the receiving unit 2002 is further configured to receive the identifier of the above-mentioned access network device.
  • the receiving unit 2101 is further configured to receive one or more response information from one or more candidate access network devices;
  • the determining unit 2003 is further configured to determine the second access network device according to the above one or more response information.
  • the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, and the first response information is Any one of the one or more response information, the first candidate access network device is the candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information;
  • the determining unit 2003 determining the second access network device according to the above one or more response information includes:
  • the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device, and the second response information is one or more response information One of the response information in the second candidate access network device is the candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
  • the sending unit 2002 is further configured to send the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  • receiving unit 2001 sending unit 2002 and determining unit 2003 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 13-FIG. 14, and will not be repeated here.
  • the above determination unit may also be referred to as a processing unit.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may include a processor 2101 , a memory 2102 , an input interface 2103 , an output interface 2104 and a bus 2105 .
  • the memory 2102 may exist independently, and may be connected to the processor 2101 through the bus 2105 .
  • the memory 2102 may also be integrated with the processor 2101. Among them, the bus 2105 is used to realize the connection between these components.
  • the communication device may be a core network device or a module (eg, a chip) within the core network device, and the communication device may be a second access network device or a module (eg, a chip) within the second access network device , chip), when the computer program instructions stored in the memory 2102 are executed, the processor 2101 is used to control the receiving unit 1701 and the sending unit 1703 to perform the operations performed in the above embodiments, and the processor 2101 is also used to execute the determining unit 1702
  • the input interface 2103 is used to perform the operations performed by the receiving unit 1701 in the above embodiments
  • the output interface 2104 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 1703 in the above embodiments.
  • the foregoing core network device or modules in the core network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the core network device in the foregoing method embodiments in FIGS.
  • the foregoing second access network device or a module in the second access network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiments in FIGS.
  • the communication apparatus may be a first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) within the first access network device, and the communication apparatus may be a core network device or a module within the core network device (eg, a core network device). , chip), when the computer program instructions stored in the memory 2102 are executed, the processor 2101 is used to control the sending unit 1801 to perform the operations performed in the above embodiments, and the input interface 2103 is used to receive other communications from the communication device Device information, and the output interface 2104 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 1901 in the above embodiments.
  • the processor 2101 when the computer program instructions stored in the memory 2102 are executed, the processor 2101 is used to control the sending unit 1801 to perform the operations performed in the above embodiments, and the input interface 2103 is used to receive other communications from the communication device Device information, and the output interface 2104 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 1901 in the above embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned first access network device or a module in the first access network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the first access network device in the above-mentioned method embodiments of FIG. 6-FIG. 10 or FIG. 15-FIG. 16, No longer.
  • the above-mentioned core network device or modules in the core network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the first access network device in the above-mentioned method embodiments of FIGS.
  • the communication apparatus may be the first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device.
  • the processor 2101 uses the In order to control the sending unit 1901 and the receiving unit 1902 to perform the operations performed in the above embodiments, the processor 2101 is also used to perform the operations performed by the determining unit 1903 in the above embodiments, and the input interface 2103 is used to perform the receiving unit 1902 in the above embodiments.
  • the operation performed, the output interface 2104 is used to perform the operation performed by the sending unit 1901 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the foregoing first access network device or a module in the first access network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiments of FIGS.
  • the communication device may be a core network device or a module (eg, a chip) within the core network device.
  • the processor 2101 is used to control the receiving unit 2001 and The sending unit 2002 performs the operations performed in the above embodiments, the processor 2101 is further configured to perform the operations performed by the determining unit 2003 in the above embodiments, the input interface 2103 is used to perform the operations performed by the receiving unit 2001 in the above embodiments, and the output interface 2104 is used to perform the operation performed by the sending unit 2002 in the above embodiment.
  • the foregoing core network device or modules within the core network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the core network device in the foregoing method embodiments in FIGS. 13 to 14 , which will not be described again.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may include an input interface 2201 , a logic circuit 2202 and an output interface 2203 .
  • the input interface 2201 and the output interface 2203 are connected through the logic circuit 2202 .
  • the input interface 2201 is used for receiving information from other communication devices, and the output interface 2203 is used for outputting, scheduling or sending information to other communication devices.
  • the logic circuit 2202 is used to perform operations other than the operations of the input interface 2201 and the output interface 2203, for example, to implement the functions implemented by the processor 2101 in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a module in the access network device or, or may be a core network device or a module in the core network device or.
  • the more detailed description of the input interface 2201, the logic circuit 2202 and the output interface 2203 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network device, the first access network device or the second access network device in the above method embodiments, here Without further ado.
  • the embodiments of the present application further disclose a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions are stored, and when the computer instructions are executed, the methods in the foregoing method embodiments are executed.
  • the embodiment of the present application further discloses a computer program product including computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed, the methods in the foregoing method embodiments are executed.
  • An embodiment of the present application further discloses a communication system, where the communication system includes a core network device and an access network device.
  • the communication system includes a core network device and an access network device.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in embodiments of the present application are a communication method, apparatus and system. The method is applied to a core network device, and comprises: receiving information of a target cell from a first access network device; and determining a second access network device according to the information of the target cell and a correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the target cell being managed by the second access network device. In the embodiments of the present application, the access network device corresponding to the cell can be accurately determined according to the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.

Description

一种通信方法、装置及系统A communication method, device and system 技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置及系统。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, apparatus, and system.
背景技术Background technique
在接入网设备为终端设备提供服务的过程中,由于各种原因可能需要不同接入网设备之间进行交互。例如,终端设备由一个接入网设备的小区切换到另一个接入网设备的小区。在接入网设备进行交互之前,先需要确定要交互的接入网设备。因此,如何准确地确定接入网设备已成为一个亟待解决的技术问题。In the process that the access network device provides services for the terminal device, interaction between different access network devices may be required due to various reasons. For example, a terminal device is handed over from a cell of one access network device to a cell of another access network device. Before the access network devices interact with each other, it is necessary to determine the access network devices to be interacted with. Therefore, how to accurately determine the access network equipment has become an urgent technical problem to be solved.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例公开了一种通信方法、装置及系统,用于准确地确定接入网设备。The embodiments of the present application disclose a communication method, apparatus and system, which are used to accurately determine access network equipment.
第一方面公开一种通信方法,该通信方法可以应用于核心网设备,也可以应用于核心网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以核心网设备为例进行说明。该通信方法可以包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;根据所述目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理。A first aspect discloses a communication method. The communication method can be applied to core network equipment, and can also be applied to modules (eg, chips) in the core network equipment. The core network equipment is used as an example for description below. The communication method may include: receiving information from a target cell of a first access network device; and determining a second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the The target cell is managed by the second access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定出管理目标小区的第二接入网设备。可见,由于核心网设备中存在或存储有小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,因此,核心网设备可以根据目标小区的信息确定管理目标小区的接入网设备,从而可以解决现有技术中无法准确地根据小区的信息确定出接入网设备的技术问题。由于核心网设备中存在或存储有小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,因此,核心网设备接收到目标小区的信息之后,可以根据目标小区的信息,准确地确定出管理目标小区的接入网设备,不会出现确定错误的情况,从而可以准确地确定接入网设备。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the information about the target cell from the access network equipment, the core network equipment may determine the second management target cell according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network equipment. access network equipment. It can be seen that since the core network device has or stores the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the core network device can determine the access network device that manages the target cell according to the information of the target cell, thereby solving the problem of the prior art. The technical problem of the access network equipment cannot be accurately determined according to the information of the cell. Since the core network device has or stores the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, after receiving the information of the target cell, the core network device can accurately determine the access network to manage the target cell according to the information of the target cell. The network access device will not have a determination error, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:接收辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于确定所述对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: receiving auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备可以提前接收到辅助信息,因此,可以根据接收的辅助信息提前确定出小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,以便在需要确定出目标小区对应的接入网设备时,例如,接收到来自接入网设备的目标小区的信息时,可以根据该对应关系快速地确定出管理目标小区的接入网设备,从而可以提高接入网设备的确定效率。In this embodiment of the present application, the core network equipment can receive the auxiliary information in advance, so the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network equipment can be determined in advance according to the received auxiliary information, so as to determine the access corresponding to the target cell when needed. For example, when receiving information about the target cell from the access network device, the access network device for managing the target cell can be quickly determined according to the corresponding relationship, thereby improving the determination efficiency of the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收辅助信息包括:接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息,所述多个接入网设备与所述多个辅助信息一一对应,所述多个接入网设备包括所述第二接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the receiving auxiliary information includes: receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices, the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information, and the The plurality of access network devices include the second access network device.
本申请实施例中,辅助信息是由接入网设备上报给核心网设备的,而一个接入网设备管理哪些小区,这个接入网设备是非常明确地,因此,一个接入网设备上报一个辅助信息,可以保证上报的辅助信息的可靠性,以便核心网设备可以根据接入网设备上报的辅助信息准确地确定出小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,进而可以根据对应关系准确地确定出管 理小区的接入网设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the auxiliary information is reported by the access network device to the core network device, and which cells an access network device manages is very clear. Therefore, an access network device reports a The auxiliary information can ensure the reliability of the reported auxiliary information, so that the core network device can accurately determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device, and then can accurately determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device. Determine the access network equipment that manages the cell.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息包括:接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息,所述第三接入网设备为与所述核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices includes: receiving first auxiliary information from a third access network device, where the third access network device is related to the Any access network device among the access network devices to which the core network device establishes a connection.
本申请实施例中,每个与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备均可以上报辅助信息,进而可以保证与核心网设备建立连接的所有接入网设备都上报了辅助信息,以便核心网设备根据接入网设备上报的辅助信息确定的小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系涵盖了所有与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备以及对应的小区,在接收到来自接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以保证能够根据对应关系确定出目标小区对应的接入网设备,可以避免由于核心网设备中不存在或没有存储目标小区与管理目标小区的接入网设备之间的对应关系而无法确定出管理目标小区的接入网设备的情况。In this embodiment of the present application, each access network device that establishes a connection with the core network device can report auxiliary information, thereby ensuring that all access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device report the auxiliary information, so that the core network device can The correspondence between the cell and the access network device determined according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device covers all the access network devices that establish connections with the core network device and the corresponding cells. After the information of the target cell, it can be ensured that the access network device corresponding to the target cell can be determined according to the corresponding relationship, and the correspondence between the target cell and the access network device that manages the target cell can be avoided because the core network device does not exist or does not store the target cell. The access network equipment that manages the target cell cannot be determined because of the relationship.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备能够根据接入网设备上报的辅助信息确定接入网设备管理的小区的标识,以便后续接收到来自接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系,确定出目标小区是被哪个接入网设备管理。In this embodiment of the present application, the core network device can determine the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device, so that after subsequently receiving information about the target cell from the access network device, it can The correspondence between the identifier of the network device and the identifier of the cell managed by the access network device determines which access network device manages the target cell.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述辅助信息包括所述接入网设备的标识以及所述接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。As a possible implementation manner, the auxiliary information includes an identity of the access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备能清楚获知接入网设备的标识和接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,进而能够根据这些信息确定接入网设备管理的小区的标识,以便后续接收到来自接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系,确定出目标小区是被哪个接入网设备管理。In this embodiment of the present application, the core network device can clearly know the identity of the access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the access network device, and then can determine the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the information, so as to receive the information subsequently. After the information of the target cell from the access network device, it can be determined which access network device manages the target cell according to the corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接入网设备关联的小区包括所述接入网设备管理的小区,或者,所述接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于所述接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述接入网设备的标识的小区。As a possible implementation manner, the cell associated with the access network device includes a cell managed by the access network device, or the cell associated with the access network device includes a cell that is not managed by the access network device and is not managed by the access network device. The cell identity includes the identified cell of the access network device.
本申请实施例中,由于接入网设备关联的小区可以包括接入网设备管理的小区,也可以包括不属于接入网设备管理且小区标识包括接入网设备的标识的小区,因此,在接入网设备要上报辅助信息的时候,可以先确定出这两种情况下对应的辅助信息,之后可以确定这两种情况对应的辅助信息传输所需信令开销,进而可以选取需要传输信令开销较小的情况对应的辅助信息,从而可以减少接入网设备发送辅助信息的信令开销。此外,由于接入网设备可以通过两种不同的方式上报辅助信息,而通过两种不同方式上报的辅助信息可以达到相同的效果,因此,可以提高辅助信息上报的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, since the cell associated with the access network device may include a cell managed by the access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, therefore, in When the access network device wants to report auxiliary information, it can first determine the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can determine the signaling overhead required for the transmission of auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can select the signaling that needs to be transmitted. The auxiliary information corresponding to the case where the overhead is small, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the access network device for sending the auxiliary information. In addition, since the access network device can report the auxiliary information in two different ways, and the auxiliary information reported in the two different ways can achieve the same effect, the flexibility of reporting the auxiliary information can be improved.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息包括:通过第四接入网设备接收来自所述第三接入网设备的所述第一辅助信息。As a possible implementation manner, the receiving the first assistance information from the third access network device includes: receiving the first assistance information from the third access network device through the fourth access network device.
本申请实施例中,当一个接入网设备无法与核心网设备直接进行通信时,这个接入网设备可以通过与核心网设备能够直接进行通信的另一接入网设备向核心网设备上报辅助信息。一种情况下,这个接入网设备可以生成辅助信息,之后可以将辅助信息发送给另一接 入网设备,由另一接入网设备将辅助信息转发给核心网设备。另一种情况下,这个接入网设备可以将生成辅助信息的相关信息发送给另一接入网设备,另一接入网设备接收到该相关信息之后,可以根据该相关信息生成这个接入网设备对应的辅助信息,之后将生成的辅助信息发送给核心网设备。可见,可以保证所有的接入网设备均能够上报辅助信息。In this embodiment of the present application, when an access network device cannot directly communicate with the core network device, the access network device may report assistance to the core network device through another access network device that can directly communicate with the core network device information. In one case, this access network device can generate auxiliary information, and then can send the auxiliary information to another access network device, and the other access network device can forward the auxiliary information to the core network device. In another case, the access network device may send related information for generating auxiliary information to another access network device, and after receiving the related information, the other access network device may generate the access network device according to the related information The auxiliary information corresponding to the network device is then sent to the core network device. It can be seen that it can be ensured that all access network devices can report auxiliary information.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述确定第二接入网设备包括:确定第一标识或第一标识的长度,所述第一标识为所述第二接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the determining of the second access network device includes: determining a first identifier or a length of the first identifier, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述第一接入网设备指示所述第一标识或所述第一标识的长度。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: indicating the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备确定出第二接入网设备的标识或第二接入网设备的标识的长度之后,可以将第二接入网设备的标识或第二接入网设备的标识的长度返回给第一接入网设备,以便第一接入网设备可以根据第二接入网设备的标识或第二接入网设备的标识的长度与对应的第二接入网设备进行交互。此外,在指示的为第一标识的情况下,第一接入网设备不需要确定第一标识,可以减少第一接入网设备的处理过程,从而可以降低第一接入网的功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, after the core network device determines the identifier of the second access network device or the length of the identifier of the second access network device, it can use the identifier of the second access network device or the identifier of the second access network device to determine the length of the identifier of the second access network device. The length of the identifier is returned to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can perform a transaction with the corresponding second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device or the length of the identifier of the second access network device. interact. In addition, in the case that the indication is the first identifier, the first access network device does not need to determine the first identifier, which can reduce the processing process of the first access network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the first access network.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:所述接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;所述接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。As a possible implementation manner, the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device includes at least one of the following: a cell ID or a global cell ID of the cell associated with the access network device; the access network device is associated with The common part of the cell identity of the cell.
本申请实施例中,在接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息只包括接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识的情况下,核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备的辅助信息之后,可以直接根据辅助信息确定出小区的标识,减少了核心网设备的处理过程,从而可以降低核心网设备的功耗。在接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息只包括接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分的情况下,辅助信息的大小较小,可以减少接入网设备需要传输的信息,从而可以减少信令开销。In this embodiment of the present application, when the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device only includes the cell identification or the global cell identification of the cell associated with the access network device, the core network device receives the auxiliary information from the access network device After that, the identification of the cell can be directly determined according to the auxiliary information, which reduces the processing process of the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the core network device. In the case where the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device only includes the common part of the cell identification of the cell associated with the access network device, the size of the auxiliary information is small, which can reduce the information that the access network device needs to transmit, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第二方面公开一种通信方法,该通信方法可以应用于第一接入网设备,也可以应用于第一接入网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以第一接入网设备为例进行说明。该通信方法可以包括:向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息,所述目标小区的信息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理;接收来自所述核心网设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二接入网设备。A second aspect discloses a communication method. The communication method can be applied to a first access network device or a module (for example, a chip) in the first access network device. Hereinafter, the first access network device is taken as example to illustrate. The communication method may include: sending information of a target cell to a core network device, where the information of the target cell is used to determine a second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device; receiving information from the second access network device; and the first indication information of the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the second access network device.
本申请实施例中,在第一接入网设备检测到目标小区,且目标小区不属于第一接入网设备管理的小区的情况下,当有需求需要与目标小区对应的第二接入网设备进行交互时,可以向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息,以便核心网设备可以根据目标小区的信息确定出目标小区对应的第二接入网设备,即管理目标小区的第二接入网设备,之后可以将确定的第二接入网设备指示给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备可以与目标小区对应的第二接入网设备进行交互,从而可以解决现有技术中无法根据小区的信息与对应的接入网设备进行交互的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, when the first access network device detects the target cell and the target cell does not belong to the cell managed by the first access network device, when there is a demand, a second access network corresponding to the target cell is required When the devices interact, the information of the target cell can be sent to the core network device, so that the core network device can determine the second access network device corresponding to the target cell according to the information of the target cell, that is, the second access network device that manages the target cell , and then the determined second access network device can be indicated to the first access network device, and the first access network device can interact with the second access network device corresponding to the target cell, thereby solving the problem that cannot be solved in the prior art. The technical problem of interacting with the corresponding access network equipment according to the information of the cell.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述核心网设备发送辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: sending auxiliary information to the core network device, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备可以将辅助信息上报给核心网设备,以便核心网设备可以根据辅助信息提前确定出小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,在后续需要根据目标小区的信息确定出目标小区对应的接入网设备时,例如,接收到来自接入网设备的目标小区的信息时,可以快速地根据小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系确定出管理目标小区的接入网设备,从而可以提高接入网设备的确定效率。In this embodiment of the present application, the access network device may report the auxiliary information to the core network device, so that the core network device can determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device in advance according to the auxiliary information, and in the follow-up need to be based on the target cell's corresponding relationship. When the access network device corresponding to the target cell is determined from the information, for example, when the information of the target cell from the access network device is received, the management target cell can be quickly determined according to the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device. access network equipment, so that the determination efficiency of the access network equipment can be improved.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备可以向核心网设备上报辅助信息,以便核心网设备能够根据接入网设备上报的辅助信息确定接入网设备管理的小区的标识,在后续核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系,能够快速地确定出管理目标小区的接入网设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the access network device may report auxiliary information to the core network device, so that the core network device can determine the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the auxiliary information reported by the access network device, and then the core network device receives the identifier of the cell managed by the access network device. After the information of the target cell from the access network device is obtained, the access network device that manages the target cell can be quickly determined according to the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device. .
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述辅助信息包括所述第一接入网设备的标识以及所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。As a possible implementation manner, the auxiliary information includes an identification of the first access network device and identification information of a cell associated with the first access network device.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备可以向核心网设备上报辅助信息,以便核心网设备能清楚获知接入网设备的标识和接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,进而能够根据这些信息确定接入网设备管理的小区的标识,在后续核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系,能够快速地确定出管理目标小区的接入网设备。In this embodiment of the present application, the access network device may report auxiliary information to the core network device, so that the core network device can clearly know the identity of the access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the access network device, and then can determine the information based on the information. The identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment, after the subsequent core network equipment receives the information of the target cell from the access network equipment, can be based on the identity of the access network equipment and the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment. The corresponding relationship can quickly determine the access network equipment that manages the target cell.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第一接入网设备关联的小区包括所述第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者,所述第一接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于所述第一接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述第一接入网设备的标识的小区。As a possible implementation manner, the cell associated with the first access network device includes a cell managed by the first access network device, or the cell associated with the first access network device includes a cell that does not belong to the first access network device The first access network device manages and the cell identity includes a cell of the identity of the first access network device.
本申请实施例中,由于接入网设备关联的小区可以包括接入网设备管理的小区,也可以包括不属于接入网设备管理且小区标识包括接入网设备的标识的小区,因此,在接入网设备要上报辅助信息的时候,可以先确定出这两种情况下对应的辅助信息,之后可以确定传输这两种情况对应的辅助信息所需信令开销,进而可以选取所需信令开销较小的情况对应的辅助信息,从而可以减少接入网设备传输辅助信息的信令开销。此外,由于接入网设备可以通过两种不同的方式上报辅助信息,而通过两种不同方式上报的辅助信息可以达到相同的效果,因此,可以提高辅助信息上报的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, since the cell associated with the access network device may include a cell managed by the access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, therefore, in When the access network device wants to report auxiliary information, it can first determine the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can determine the signaling overhead required to transmit the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can select the required signaling The auxiliary information corresponding to the case where the overhead is small, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the access network device for transmitting the auxiliary information. In addition, since the access network device can report the auxiliary information in two different ways, and the auxiliary information reported in the two different ways can achieve the same effect, the flexibility of reporting the auxiliary information can be improved.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。As a possible implementation manner, the identification information of the cell associated with the first access network device includes at least one of the following: a cell identification or a global cell identification of the cell associated with the first access network device; the first access network device The common part of the cell identity of the cell to which an access network device is associated.
本申请实施例中,在接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息只包括接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识的情况下,接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息之后,以便核心网设备可以直接根据辅助信息确定出小区的标识,减少了核心网设备的处理过程,从而可以降低核心网设备的功耗。在接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息只包括接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分的情况下,辅助信息的大小较小,可以减少接入网设备需 要传输的信息,从而可以减少信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device only includes the cell identification or the global cell identification of the cell associated with the access network device, after the access network device sends the auxiliary information to the core network device, In this way, the core network device can directly determine the identity of the cell according to the auxiliary information, which reduces the processing process of the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the core network device. In the case where the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device only includes the common part of the cell identification of the cell associated with the access network device, the size of the auxiliary information is small, which can reduce the information that the access network device needs to transmit, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二接入网设备包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二接入网设备的标识或所述标识的长度。As a possible implementation manner, the first indication information used to indicate the second access network device includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the identity of the second access network device or the identity length.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备可以接收到核心网设备指示的第二接入网设备的标识或第二接入网设备的标识的长度,以便第一接入网设备可以根据第二接入网设备的标识或第二接入网设备的标识的长度与对应的第二接入网设备进行交互。此外,在指示的为第二接入网设备的标识的情况下,第一接入网设备不需要确定第二接入网设备的标识,可以减少第一接入网设备的处理过程,从而可以降低第一接入网的功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, the access network device may receive the identifier of the second access network device or the length of the identifier of the second access network device indicated by the core network device, so that the first access network device can The identifier of the access network device or the length of the identifier of the second access network device interacts with the corresponding second access network device. In addition, in the case where the indication is the identifier of the second access network device, the first access network device does not need to determine the identifier of the second access network device, which can reduce the processing process of the first access network device, and thus can The power consumption of the first access network is reduced.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第三方面公开一种通信方法,该通信方法可以应用于第一接入网设备,也可以应用于第一接入网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以第一接入网设备为例进行说明。该通信方法可以包括:向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息;接收来自所述核心网设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息;向所述一个或多个候选接入网设备分别发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述目标小区的信息,所述第一消息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理。A third aspect discloses a communication method. The communication method can be applied to a first access network device, and can also be applied to a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device. Hereinafter, the first access network device is taken as example to illustrate. The communication method may include: sending information of a target cell to a core network device; receiving second indication information from the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices; Send a first message to the one or more candidate access network devices respectively, where the first message includes information of the target cell, and the first message is used to determine a second access network device, the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备向核心网设备发送小区的信息之后,可以根据核心网设备返回的指示信息确定一个或多个候选接入网设备,之后可以向一个或多个候选接入网设备分别发送包括该小区的信息的消息,以便可以确定一个或多个候选接入网设备中该小区对应的接入网设备,即确定管理该小区的接入网设备。接入网设备根据核心网设备返回的指示信息确定出候选接入网设备之后,分别向不同的候选接入网设备发送消息来确定候选接入网设备是否为小区对应的接入网设备,可以解决现有技术中无法准确地确定接入网设备的技术问题。接入网设备向核心网设备发送小区的信息,以及根据核心网设备返回的指示信息确定出一个或多个候选接入网设备之后,可以分别向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送包括该小区的信息的消息,以便候选接入网设备接收到包括小区的信息的消息之后,可以根据小区的信息确定该小区是否为自身管理的小区,从而可以准确地确定接入网设备。In this embodiment of the present application, after the access network device sends the cell information to the core network device, it can determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the indication information returned by the core network device, and then can access the one or more candidate access network devices. The network devices respectively send messages including the information of the cell, so that the access network device corresponding to the cell among the one or more candidate access network devices can be determined, that is, the access network device that manages the cell can be determined. After the access network device determines the candidate access network device according to the indication information returned by the core network device, it sends messages to different candidate access network devices to determine whether the candidate access network device is the access network device corresponding to the cell. The technical problem that the access network equipment cannot be accurately determined in the prior art is solved. The access network device sends cell information to the core network device, and after determining one or more candidate access network devices according to the indication information returned by the core network device, it can send information including the cell to the one or more candidate access network devices respectively. After receiving the message including the information of the cell, the candidate access network device can determine whether the cell is a cell managed by itself according to the information of the cell, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:接收来自所述一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息;根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: receiving one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices; determining the second response information according to the one or more response information access network equipment.
本申请实施例中,第一接入网设备向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送包括该小区的信息的消息之后,可以接收到来自一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息。一种情况下,候选接入网设备只有在该小区为自身管理的小区的情况下,才会向第一接入网设备返回响应信息,另一种情况下,每个候选接入网设备均会返回响应信息,当该小区对应的候选接入网设备返回的响应信息与其它候选接入网设备返回的响应信息不同,因此,第一接入网设备可以根据返回的一个或多个响应信息,从一个或多个候选接入网设备中准确地确定出该小区对应的接入网设备,从而可以准确地确定接入网设备。In this embodiment of the present application, after the first access network device sends a message including information about the cell to one or more candidate access network devices, it may receive one or more information from the one or more candidate access network devices. response information. In one case, the candidate access network device will only return response information to the first access network device if the cell is a cell managed by itself; in the other case, each candidate access network device response information will be returned. When the response information returned by the candidate access network device corresponding to the cell is different from the response information returned by other candidate access network devices, the first access network device can , the access network device corresponding to the cell is accurately determined from one or more candidate access network devices, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
作为一种可能的实施方式,第一响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,或用于指示所述目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,所述第一 响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的任一响应信息,所述第一候选接入网设备为所述第一响应信息对应的候选接入网设备;所述根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备包括:当第二响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,确定所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二接入网设备,所述第二响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device , the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information; the according to The determining of the second access network device by the one or more response information includes: when the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a second candidate access network device, determining the second candidate The access network device is the second access network device, the second response information is one of the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is the second response The candidate access network device corresponding to the information.
本申请实施例中,由于目标小区对应的候选接入网设备返回的响应信息与其它候选接入网设备返回的响应信息不同,或者只有目标小区对应的候选接入网设备才会向第一接入网设备返回响应信息,因此,第一接入网设备可以根据一个或多个响应信息,从一个或多个候选接入网设备中准确地确定出该小区对应的接入网设备,从而可以准确地确定接入网设备。In the embodiment of the present application, since the response information returned by the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell is different from the response information returned by other candidate access network devices, or only the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell will send the first connection The network access device returns response information. Therefore, the first access network device can accurately determine the access network device corresponding to the cell from one or more candidate access network devices according to one or more response information, so that it can accurately determine the access network device corresponding to the cell from one or more candidate access network devices. Accurately identify access network equipment.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述候选接入网设备的信息为所述候选接入网设备的标识,或者所述候选接入网设备的标识的长度。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
本申请实施例中,第一接入网设备可以根据候选接入网设备的标识,或者候选接入网设备的标识的长度来确定一个或多个候选接入网设备是哪几个接入网设备,以便第一接入网设备可以分别向不同的候选接入网设备发送消息时携带对应候选接入网设备的标识。In this embodiment of the present application, the first access network device may determine which access network one or more candidate access network devices are according to the identifier of the candidate access network device or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device device, so that the first access network device can carry the identifier of the corresponding candidate access network device when sending messages to different candidate access network devices respectively.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第四方面公开一种通信方法,该通信方法可以应用于核心网设备,也可以应用于核心网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以核心网设备为例进行说明。该通信方法可以包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;向所述第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息,所述一个或多个候选接入网设备根据所述目标小区的信息确定。A fourth aspect discloses a communication method. The communication method can be applied to core network equipment, and can also be applied to modules (eg, chips) in the core network equipment. The core network equipment is used as an example for description below. The communication method may include: receiving information from a target cell of a first access network device; sending second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate one or more candidate access points The information of the network access device, the one or more candidate access network devices are determined according to the information of the target cell.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备的小区的信息之后,可以根据小区的信息和存储的接入网设备的标识确定出一个或多个候选接入网设备,之后可以向接入网设备指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息,以便接入网设备可以根据一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息进一步确定该小区对应的接入网设备,可以准确地确定接入网设备,从而可以解决现有技术中无法准确地确定接入网设备的技术问题。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving the cell information from the access network device, the core network device can determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the cell information and the stored identifier of the access network device, and then can determine one or more candidate access network devices. Indicate the information of one or more candidate access network devices to the access network device, so that the access network device can further determine the access network device corresponding to the cell according to the information of the one or more candidate access network devices, and can accurately The access network device is determined, thereby solving the technical problem that the access network device cannot be accurately determined in the prior art.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:根据所述目标小区的信息和接入网设备的标识,确定所述一个或多个候选接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: determining the one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the identity of the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: receiving the identifier of the access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备可以提前接收到接入网设备上报的接入网设备的标识,以便可以根据接入网设备的标识快速地确定目标小区对应的候选接入网设备,从而可以提高目标小区对应的接入网设备的确定效率。In this embodiment of the present application, the core network device may receive the identification of the access network device reported by the access network device in advance, so that the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell can be quickly determined according to the identification of the access network device, so that it can quickly determine the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell. The efficiency of determining the access network equipment corresponding to the target cell is improved.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述候选接入网设备的信息为所述候选接入网设备的标识,或者所述候选接入网设备的标识的长度。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备可以将候选接入网设备的标识,或者候选接入网设备的 标识的长度发送给第一接入网设备,以便第一接入网设备可以根据候选接入网设备的标识,或者候选接入网设备的标识的长度来确定一个或多个候选接入网设备是哪几个接入网设备,以及可以分别向不同的候选接入网设备发送消息时携带对应候选接入网设备的标识。In this embodiment of the present application, the core network device may send the identifier of the candidate access network device or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can access the device according to the candidate access network device. The identifier of the network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device to determine which access network devices one or more candidate access network devices are, and can be carried when sending messages to different candidate access network devices. The identifier of the corresponding candidate access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第五方面公开一种通信方法,该通信方法可以应用于核心网设备,也可以应用于核心网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以核心网设备为例进行说明。该通信方法可以包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述目标小区的信息,所述第二消息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述一个或多个候选接入网设备根据所述目标小区的信息确定,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理。A fifth aspect discloses a communication method. The communication method can be applied to core network equipment, and can also be applied to modules (eg, chips) in the core network equipment. The core network equipment is used as an example for description below. The communication method may include: receiving information of a target cell from a first access network device; sending a second message to one or more candidate access network devices, the second message including the information of the target cell, the The second message is used to determine a second access network device, and the one or more candidate access network devices are determined according to the information of the target cell, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备的小区的信息之后,可以根据小区的信息和存储的接入网设备的标识确定出一个或多个候选接入网设备,之后可以向一个或多个候选接入网设备分别发送包括该小区的信息的消息,以便可以确定一个或多个候选接入网设备中该小区对应的接入网设备。核心网设备确定出候选接入网设备之后,分别向不同的候选接入网设备发送消息来确定候选接入网设备是否为小区对应的接入网设备,可以解决现有技术中无法准确地确定接入网设备的技术问题。核心网设备确定出一个或多个候选接入网设备之后,可以分别向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送包括该小区的信息的消息,以便候选接入网设备接收到包括小区的信息的消息之后,可以根据小区的信息确定该小区是否为自身管理的小区,从而可以准确地确定接入网设备。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving the cell information from the access network device, the core network device can determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the cell information and the stored identifier of the access network device, and then can determine one or more candidate access network devices. A message including the information of the cell is respectively sent to one or more candidate access network devices, so that the access network device corresponding to the cell among the one or more candidate access network devices can be determined. After the core network device determines the candidate access network device, it sends messages to different candidate access network devices respectively to determine whether the candidate access network device is the access network device corresponding to the cell, which can solve the problem that cannot be accurately determined in the prior art Technical problems of access network equipment. After the core network device determines one or more candidate access network devices, it may send a message including the information of the cell to the one or more candidate access network devices respectively, so that the candidate access network device receives the message including the information of the cell. After the message is sent, it can be determined whether the cell is a cell managed by itself according to the information of the cell, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:根据所述目标小区的信息和接入网设备的标识,确定所述一个或多个候选接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: determining the one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the identity of the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: receiving the identifier of the access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备可以提前接收到接入网设备上报的接入网设备的标识,以便可以根据接入网设备的标识快速地确定目标小区对应的候选接入网设备,从而可以提高目标小区对应的接入网设备的确定效率。In this embodiment of the present application, the core network device may receive the identification of the access network device reported by the access network device in advance, so that the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell can be quickly determined according to the identification of the access network device, so that it can quickly determine the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell. The efficiency of determining the access network equipment corresponding to the target cell is improved.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:接收来自所述一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息;根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: receiving one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices; determining the second response information according to the one or more response information access network equipment.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送包括该小区的信息的消息之后,可以接收到来自一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息。一种情况下,候选接入网设备只有在该小区为自身管理的小区的情况下,才会向核心网设备返回响应信息,另一种情况下,每个候选接入网设备均会返回响应信息,当该小区对应的候选接入网设备返回的响应信息与其它候选接入网设备返回的响应信息不同,因此,核心网设备可以根据返回的一个或多个响应信息,从一个或多个候选接入网设备中准确地确定出该小区对应的接入网设备,从而可以准确地确定接入网设备。In this embodiment of the present application, after the core network device sends a message including information about the cell to one or more candidate access network devices, it may receive one or more response messages from the one or more candidate access network devices. In one case, the candidate access network device will only return response information to the core network device if the cell is managed by itself, and in the other case, each candidate access network device will return a response. information, when the response information returned by the candidate access network device corresponding to the cell is different from the response information returned by other candidate access network devices, therefore, the core network device can select one or more The access network device corresponding to the cell is accurately determined from the candidate access network devices, so that the access network device can be accurately determined.
作为一种可能的实施方式,第一响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,或用于指示所述目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,所述第一 响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的任一响应信息,所述第一候选接入网设备为所述第一响应信息对应的候选接入网设备;所述根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备包括:当第二响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,确定所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二接入网设备,所述第二响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device , the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information; the according to The determining of the second access network device by the one or more response information includes: when the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a second candidate access network device, determining the second candidate The access network device is the second access network device, the second response information is one of the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is the second response The candidate access network device corresponding to the information.
本申请实施例中,由于目标小区对应的候选接入网设备返回的响应信息与其它候选接入网设备返回的响应信息不同,或者只有目标小区对应的候选接入网设备才会向核心网设备返回响应信息,因此,核心网设备可以根据一个或多个响应信息,从一个或多个候选接入网设备中准确地确定出该小区对应的接入网设备,从而可以准确地确定接入网设备。In the embodiment of the present application, since the response information returned by the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell is different from the response information returned by other candidate access network devices, or only the candidate access network device corresponding to the target cell will send the response information to the core network device The response information is returned. Therefore, the core network device can accurately determine the access network device corresponding to the cell from one or more candidate access network devices according to one or more response information, so as to accurately determine the access network device. equipment.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: sending the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备确定出目标小区对应的第二接入网设备之后,可以将第二接入网设备的标识返回给第一接入网设备,以便第一接入网设备可以与第二接入网设备进行交互。In this embodiment of the present application, after determining the second access network device corresponding to the target cell, the core network device may return the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can Interact with the second access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第六方面公开一种通信方法,该通信方法可以应用于核心网设备,也可以应用于核心网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以核心网设备为例进行说明。该通信方法可以包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;向第二接入网设备发送所述目标小区的信息,所述第二接入网设备的标识与所述目标小区的标识存在关联;接收来自所述第二接入网设备的第三接入网设备的标识,所述目标小区被所述第三接入网设备管理。A sixth aspect discloses a communication method. The communication method can be applied to core network equipment, and can also be applied to modules (eg, chips) in the core network equipment. The core network equipment is used as an example for description below. The communication method may include: receiving information of a target cell from a first access network device; sending information of the target cell to a second access network device, the identity of the second access network device being related to the target cell The identification of the third access network device is associated; the identification of the third access network device from the second access network device is received, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的小区的信息之后,可以向第二接入网设备发送小区的信息,以便第二接入网设备可以根据小区的信息确定出该小区对应的接入网设备。可见,根据小区的信息确定小区对应的接入网设备是由接入网设备来确定的,从而可以解决现有技术中核心网设备开销或功耗大的技术问题。核心网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的小区的信息之后,可以向第二接入网设备发送小区的信息,以便第二接入网设备可以根据小区的信息确定出该小区对应的接入网设备,而不是核心网设备来确定,因此,可以减少核心网设备的处理过程,从而可以减少核心网设备的开销和降低核心网设备的功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving the cell information from the first access network device, the core network device may send the cell information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can determine the cell information according to the cell information. The access network equipment corresponding to the cell is output. It can be seen that the access network device corresponding to the cell is determined by the access network device according to the information of the cell, so that the technical problem of high overhead or power consumption of the core network device in the prior art can be solved. After receiving the cell information from the first access network device, the core network device can send the cell information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can determine the cell corresponding to the cell according to the cell information. The network access device is determined instead of the core network device. Therefore, the processing process of the core network device can be reduced, thereby reducing the overhead of the core network device and reducing the power consumption of the core network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:接收辅助信息;向所述第二接入网设备发送第一辅助信息,所述第一辅助信息为所述辅助信息中接入网设备的标识与所述第二接入网设备的标识存在关联的辅助信息,所述第一辅助信息用于确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: receiving auxiliary information; sending first auxiliary information to the second access network device, where the first auxiliary information is the access network device in the auxiliary information There is auxiliary information associated with the identifier of the second access network device and the identifier of the second access network device, and the first auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备可以提前接收到辅助信息,并将接收的部分或全部辅助信息发送给第二接入网设备,以便第二接入网设备可以根据接收到的辅助信息提前确定出小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,在后续需要确定出目标小区对应的接入网设备时,例 如,接收到来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息时,可以根据该对应关系快速地确定出管理目标小区的接入网设备,从而可以提高接入网设备的确定效率。In this embodiment of the present application, the core network device may receive the auxiliary information in advance, and send part or all of the received auxiliary information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can determine in advance according to the received auxiliary information The corresponding relationship between the outgoing cell and the access network device, when the access network device corresponding to the target cell needs to be determined later, for example, when the information of the target cell from the core network device is received, it can be quickly based on the corresponding relationship. The access network device that manages the target cell is determined, so that the determination efficiency of the access network device can be improved.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收辅助信息包括:接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息,所述多个接入网设备与所述多个辅助信息一一对应。As a possible implementation manner, the receiving auxiliary information includes: receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices, where the multiple access network devices correspond to the multiple pieces of auxiliary information one-to-one.
本申请实施例中,辅助信息由接入网设备上报给核心网设备,再由核心网设备选择性的发送给第二接入网设备,而一个接入网设备管理哪些小区,这个接入网设备是非常明确地,因此,一个接入网设备上报一个辅助信息,可以保证上报的辅助信息的可靠性,以便第二接入网设备可以根据接收的辅助信息准确地确定出小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,进而可以根据对应关系准确地确定出管理小区的接入网设备。In this embodiment of the present application, the auxiliary information is reported by the access network device to the core network device, and then selectively sent by the core network device to the second access network device, and which cells are managed by an access network device, the access network The device is very specific. Therefore, when an access network device reports an auxiliary information, the reliability of the reported auxiliary information can be guaranteed, so that the second access network device can accurately determine the cell and the access network according to the received auxiliary information. The corresponding relationship between the devices, and then the access network device that manages the cell can be accurately determined according to the corresponding relationship.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息包括:接收来自第四接入网设备的第二辅助信息,所述第四接入网设备为与所述核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices includes: receiving second auxiliary information from a fourth access network device, where the fourth access network device is related to the Any access network device among the access network devices to which the core network device establishes a connection.
本申请实施例中,每个与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备均可以上报辅助信息,进而可以保证与核心网设备建立连接的所有接入网设备都上报了辅助信息,以便第二接入网设备根据接收到的辅助信息确定的小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系比较全面,在接收到来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以保证能够根据对应关系确定出目标小区对应的接入网设备,可以避免由于第二接入网设备中不存在或没有存储目标小区与管理目标小区的接入网设备之间的对应关系而无法确定出管理目标小区的接入网设备的情况。In this embodiment of the present application, each access network device that establishes a connection with a core network device can report auxiliary information, thereby ensuring that all access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device report the auxiliary information, so that the second access network device can report auxiliary information. The corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device determined by the network access device according to the received auxiliary information is relatively comprehensive. After receiving the information of the target cell from the core network device, it can ensure that the corresponding relationship of the target cell can be determined according to the corresponding relationship. The access network device can avoid that the access network device managing the target cell cannot be determined because the corresponding relationship between the target cell and the access network device managing the target cell does not exist or is not stored in the second access network device. Happening.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备的辅助信息之后,可以将部分或全部辅助信息发送给第二接入网设备,以便第二接入网设备能够根据接入网设备上报的辅助信息确定接入网设备管理的小区的标识,以便后续接收到来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系,确定出目标小区是被哪个接入网设备管理。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving the auxiliary information from the access network device, the core network device may send part or all of the auxiliary information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can The reported auxiliary information determines the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment, so that after subsequent reception of information about the target cell from the core network equipment, the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment can be determined according to the difference between the identity of the access network equipment and the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment. The corresponding relationship is determined to determine which access network device manages the target cell.
作为一种可能的实施方式,第三辅助信息包括第五接入网设备的标识以及所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,所述第三辅助信息为所述第一辅助信息中的任一辅助信息,所述第五接入网设备为所述第三辅助信息对应的接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the third auxiliary information includes the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device, and the third auxiliary information is the first auxiliary information The fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备的辅助信息之后,可以将部分或全部辅助信息发送给第二接入网设备,以便第二接入网设备能清楚获知不同接入网设备的标识和不同接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,进而能够根据这些信息确定接入网设备管理的小区的标识,在后续接收到来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系,确定出目标小区是被哪个接入网设备管理。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving the auxiliary information from the access network device, the core network device may send part or all of the auxiliary information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can clearly learn about different access network devices. The identity of the network equipment and the identity information of the cells associated with different access network equipment, and then the identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment can be determined according to these information. After receiving the information of the target cell from the core network equipment, it can be The correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device determines which access network device manages the target cell.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区包括所述第五接入网设备管理的小区,或者,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区不属于所述第五接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述第五接入网设备的标识的小区。As a possible implementation manner, the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or the cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the fifth access network device. Five cells managed by the access network device and whose cell identity includes the identity of the fifth access network device.
本申请实施例中,由于接入网设备关联的小区可以包括接入网设备管理的小区,也可 以包括不属于接入网设备管理且小区标识包括接入网设备的标识的小区,因此,在接入网设备要上报辅助信息的时候,可以先确定出这两种情况下对应的辅助信息,之后可以确定这两种情况对应的辅助信息传输所需信令开销,进而可以选取需要传输信令开销较小的情况对应的辅助信息,从而可以减少接入网设备发送辅助信息的信令开销。此外,由于接入网设备可以通过两种不同的方式上报辅助信息,而通过两种不同方式上报的辅助信息可以达到相同的效果,因此,可以提高辅助信息上报的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, since the cell associated with the access network device may include a cell managed by the access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, therefore, in When the access network device wants to report auxiliary information, it can first determine the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can determine the signaling overhead required for the transmission of auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can select the signaling that needs to be transmitted. The auxiliary information corresponding to the case where the overhead is small, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the access network device for sending the auxiliary information. In addition, since the access network device can report the auxiliary information in two different ways, and the auxiliary information reported in the two different ways can achieve the same effect, the flexibility of reporting the auxiliary information can be improved.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:向第一接入网设备发送第三接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: sending the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备接收到来自第二接入网设备的第三接入网设备的标识或第三接入网设备的标识的长度之后,可以将第三接入网设备的标识或第三接入网设备的标识的长度返回给第一接入网设备,以便第一接入网设备可以根据第三接入网设备的标识或第三接入网设备的标识的长度与对应的第三接入网设备进行交互。In this embodiment of the present application, after the core network device receives the identifier of the third access network device or the length of the identifier of the third access network device from the second access network device, it can convert the identifier of the third access network device to the identifier of the third access network device. Or the length of the identifier of the third access network device is returned to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can correspond to the length of the identifier of the third access network device or the identifier of the third access network device interact with the third access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。As a possible implementation manner, the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following: a cell identification or a global cell identification of the cell associated with the fifth access network device; the first 5 The common part of the cell identity of the cell to which the access network device is associated.
本申请实施例中,在接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息只包括接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识的情况下,第二接入网设备接收到来自接入网设备的辅助信息之后,可以直接根据辅助信息确定出小区的标识,减少了第二接入网设备的处理过程,从而可以降低第二接入网设备的功耗。在接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息只包括接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分的情况下,辅助信息的大小较小,可以减少接入网设备需要传输的信息,从而可以减少信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, in the case that the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device only includes the cell identification or the global cell identification of the cell associated with the access network device, the second access network device receives the data from the access network device. After the auxiliary information is obtained, the identity of the cell can be directly determined according to the auxiliary information, which reduces the processing process of the second access network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the second access network device. In the case where the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device only includes the common part of the cell identification of the cell associated with the access network device, the size of the auxiliary information is small, which can reduce the information that the access network device needs to transmit, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第七方面公开一种通信方法,该通信方法可以应用于第二接入网设备,也可以应用于第二接入网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以第二接入网设备为例进行说明。该通信方法可以包括:接收来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息;根据所述目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第三接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第三接入网设备管理。A seventh aspect discloses a communication method. The communication method can be applied to a second access network device, and can also be applied to a module (for example, a chip) in the second access network device. Hereinafter, the second access network device is taken as example to illustrate. The communication method may include: receiving information of a target cell from a core network device; determining a third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the target cell being The third access network device management.
本申请实施例中,第二接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定出管理目标小区的第二接入网设备。可见,由于第二接入网设备中存在小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,因此,第二接入网设备可以根据目标小区的信息确定出目标小区对应的接入网设备,从而可以解决现有技术中无法准确地确定接入网设备的技术问题。由于第二接入网设备中存在小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,因此,第二接入网设备可以根据目标小区的信息,准确地确定出目标小区对应的接入网设备,不会出现确定错误的情况下,从而可以准确地确定接入网设备。此外,由于由第二接入网设备确定小区对应的接入网设备,而不是核心网设备来确定,因此,可以减少核心网设备的处理过程,从而可以减少核心网设备的开销和降 低核心网设备的功耗。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the information of the target cell from the core network device, the second access network device may determine the management target cell according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device. The second access network device. It can be seen that, because there is a correspondence between the cell and the access network device in the second access network device, the second access network device can determine the access network device corresponding to the target cell according to the information of the target cell, so that it can determine the access network device corresponding to the target cell. The technical problem that the access network equipment cannot be accurately determined in the prior art is solved. Since there is a correspondence between the cell and the access network device in the second access network device, the second access network device can accurately determine the access network device corresponding to the target cell according to the information of the target cell. In the event of a determination error, the access network device can be accurately determined. In addition, since the access network device corresponding to the cell is determined by the second access network device instead of the core network device, the processing process of the core network device can be reduced, thereby reducing the cost of the core network device and reducing the core network device. The power consumption of the device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:接收来自所述核心网设备的第一辅助信息,所述第一辅助信息用于确定所述对应关系,所述第一辅助信息中接入网设备的标识与所述第二接入网设备的标识存在关联。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: receiving first auxiliary information from the core network device, where the first auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship, and the first auxiliary information is connected to The identification of the network access device is associated with the identification of the second access network device.
本申请实施例中,第二接入网设备可以提前接收到来自核心网设备的第一辅助信息,可以根据第一辅助信息确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,以便在后续需要确定小区对应的接入网设备时,能够根据该对应关系快速地确定出,从而可以提高接入网设备的确定效率以及降低时延。In this embodiment of the present application, the second access network device may receive the first auxiliary information from the core network device in advance, and may determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device according to the first auxiliary information, so as to determine the subsequent need to be determined When the access network device corresponding to the cell can be quickly determined according to the corresponding relationship, the determination efficiency of the access network device can be improved and the time delay can be reduced.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
本申请实施例中,第二接入网设备能够根据辅助信息确定接入网设备管理的小区的标识,以便后续接收到来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系,确定出目标小区是被哪个接入网设备管理。In this embodiment of the present application, the second access network device can determine the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the auxiliary information, so that after subsequently receiving the information of the target cell from the core network device, the identity of the access network device can be determined according to the identity of the access network device. The corresponding relationship with the identifier of the cell managed by the access network device determines which access network device manages the target cell.
作为一种可能的实施方式,第三辅助信息包括第五接入网设备的标识以及所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,所述第三辅助信息为所述第一辅助信息中的任一辅助信息,所述第五接入网设备为所述第三辅助信息对应的接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the third auxiliary information includes the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device, and the third auxiliary information is the first auxiliary information The fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
本申请实施例中,第二接入网设备能清楚获知不同接入网设备的标识和不同接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,进而能够根据这些信息确定接入网设备管理的小区的标识,在后续接收到来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系,确定出目标小区是被哪个接入网设备管理。In the embodiment of the present application, the second access network device can clearly know the identifiers of different access network devices and the identifier information of the cells associated with the different access network devices, and then can determine the identifiers of the cells managed by the access network device according to these information. , after subsequently receiving the information of the target cell from the core network device, it can be determined which access network the target cell belongs to according to the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device Device management.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区包括所述第五接入网设备管理的小区,或者,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区不属于所述第五接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述第五接入网设备的标识的小区。As a possible implementation manner, the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or the cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the fifth access network device. Five cells managed by the access network device and whose cell identity includes the identity of the fifth access network device.
本申请实施例中,由于接入网设备关联的小区可以包括接入网设备管理的小区,也可以包括不属于接入网设备管理且小区标识包括接入网设备的标识的小区,因此,在接入网设备要上报辅助信息的时候,可以先确定出这两种情况下对应的辅助信息,之后可以确定这两种情况对应的辅助信息传输所需信令开销,进而可以选取需要传输信令开销较小的情况对应的辅助信息,从而可以减少接入网设备发送辅助信息的信令开销。此外,由于接入网设备可以通过两种不同的方式上报辅助信息,而通过两种不同方式上报的辅助信息可以达到相同的效果,因此,可以提高辅助信息上报的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, since the cell associated with the access network device may include a cell managed by the access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, therefore, in When the access network device wants to report auxiliary information, it can first determine the auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can determine the signaling overhead required for the transmission of auxiliary information corresponding to the two cases, and then can select the signaling that needs to be transmitted. The auxiliary information corresponding to the case where the overhead is small, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the access network device for sending the auxiliary information. In addition, since the access network device can report the auxiliary information in two different ways, and the auxiliary information reported in the two different ways can achieve the same effect, the flexibility of reporting the auxiliary information can be improved.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述确定第三接入网设备包括:确定第三接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the determining of the third access network device includes: determining an identifier of the third access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信方法还可以包括:向核心网设备发送第三接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the communication method may further include: sending the identification of the third access network device to the core network device.
本申请实施例中,第二接入网设备确定出第三接入网设备的标识之后,可以将第三接入网设备的标识返回给核心网设备,以便核心网设备将第三接入网设备的标识返回给第一接入网设备,或者可以根据第三接入网设备的标识与第三接入网设备进行交互。In this embodiment of the present application, after the second access network device determines the identifier of the third access network device, it may return the identifier of the third access network device to the core network device, so that the core network device can identify the third access network device with the identifier of the third access network device. The identification of the device is returned to the first access network device, or may interact with the third access network device according to the identification of the third access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。As a possible implementation manner, the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following: a cell identification or a global cell identification of the cell associated with the fifth access network device; the first 5 The common part of the cell identity of the cell to which the access network device is associated.
本申请实施例中,在接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息只包括接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识的情况下,第二接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的辅助信息之后,可以直接根据辅助信息确定出小区的标识,减少了第二接入网设备的处理过程,从而可以降低第二接入网设备的功耗。在接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息只包括接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分的情况下,辅助信息的大小较小,可以减少接入网设备需要传输的信息,从而可以减少信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, in the case that the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device only includes the cell identification or the global cell identification of the cell associated with the access network device, the second access network device receives the information from the core network device. After the auxiliary information is obtained, the identity of the cell can be directly determined according to the auxiliary information, which reduces the processing process of the second access network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the second access network device. In the case where the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device only includes the common part of the cell identification of the cell associated with the access network device, the size of the auxiliary information is small, which can reduce the information that the access network device needs to transmit, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第八方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为核心网设备,也可以为核心网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),该通信装置可以包括:An eighth aspect discloses a communication apparatus. The communication apparatus may be core network equipment, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the core network equipment, and the communication apparatus may include:
接收单元,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device;
确定单元,用于根据所述目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理。A determining unit, configured to determine a second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元,还用于接收辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于确定所述对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is further configured to receive auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元接收辅助信息包括:As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit receiving auxiliary information includes:
接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息,所述多个接入网设备与所述多个辅助信息一一对应,所述多个接入网设备包括所述第二接入网设备。Receive multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices, the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information, and the multiple access network devices include the second access network device .
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息包括:As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices includes:
接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息,所述第三接入网设备为与所述核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。Receive first auxiliary information from a third access network device, where the third access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述辅助信息包括所述接入网设备的标识以及所述接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。As a possible implementation manner, the auxiliary information includes an identity of the access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接入网设备关联的小区包括所述接入网设备管理的小区,或者,As a possible implementation manner, the cell associated with the access network device includes a cell managed by the access network device, or,
所述接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于所述接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述接入网设备的标识的小区。The cells associated with the access network device include cells that are not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifiers include the identifiers of the access network devices.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息包括:As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit receiving the first auxiliary information from the third access network device includes:
通过第四接入网设备接收来自所述第三接入网设备的所述第一辅助信息。The first assistance information from the third access network device is received by the fourth access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述确定单元,具体确定第一标识或第一标识的长度,所 述第一标识为所述第二接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the determining unit specifically determines the first identifier or the length of the first identifier, and the first identifier is the identifier of the second access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信装置还可以包括:As a possible implementation manner, the communication device may further include:
发送单元,用于向所述第一接入网设备指示所述第一标识或所述第一标识的长度。A sending unit, configured to indicate the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:As a possible implementation manner, the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device includes at least one of the following:
所述接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the access network device;
所述接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell to which the access network device is associated.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第九方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第一接入网设备,也可以为第一接入网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),该通信装置可以包括:A ninth aspect discloses a communication apparatus. The communication apparatus may be a first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device, and the communication apparatus may include:
发送单元,用于向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息,所述目标小区的信息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理;a sending unit, configured to send information of a target cell to a core network device, where the information of the target cell is used to determine a second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device;
接收单元,用于接收来自所述核心网设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二接入网设备。A receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information from the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the second access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述发送单元,还用于向所述核心网设备发送辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is further configured to send auxiliary information to the core network device, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述辅助信息包括所述第一接入网设备的标识以及所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。As a possible implementation manner, the auxiliary information includes an identification of the first access network device and identification information of a cell associated with the first access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第一接入网设备关联的小区包括所述第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者,As a possible implementation manner, the cell associated with the first access network device includes a cell managed by the first access network device, or,
所述第一接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于所述第一接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述第一接入网设备的标识的小区。The cells associated with the first access network device include cells that are not managed by the first access network device and whose cell identifiers include an identifier of the first access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:As a possible implementation manner, the identification information of the cell associated with the first access network device includes at least one of the following:
所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the first access network device;
所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the first access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第十方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第一接入网设备,也可以为第一接入网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),该通信装置可以包括:A tenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus. The communication apparatus may be a first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device, and the communication apparatus may include:
发送单元,用于向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息;a sending unit, configured to send the information of the target cell to the core network equipment;
接收单元,用于接收来自所述核心网设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive second indication information from the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices;
所述发送单元,还用于向所述一个或多个候选接入网设备分别发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述目标小区的信息,所述第一消息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区 被所述第二接入网设备管理。The sending unit is further configured to send a first message to the one or more candidate access network devices, respectively, where the first message includes information of the target cell, and the first message is used to determine the second access network. A network access device, where the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元,还用于接收来自所述一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息;As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is further configured to receive one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices;
该通信装置还可以包括:The communication device may also include:
确定单元,用于根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备。A determining unit, configured to determine the second access network device according to the one or more response information.
作为一种可能的实施方式,第一响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,或用于指示所述目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,所述第一响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的任一响应信息,所述第一候选接入网设备为所述第一响应信息对应的候选接入网设备;As a possible implementation manner, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device , the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information;
所述确定单元,具体用于当第二响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,确定所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二接入网设备,所述第二响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。The determining unit is specifically configured to determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device when the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device network device, the second response information is one of the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述候选接入网设备的信息为所述候选接入网设备的标识,或者所述候选接入网设备的标识的长度。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第十一方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为核心网设备,也可以为核心网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),该通信装置可以包括:An eleventh aspect discloses a communication apparatus. The communication apparatus may be core network equipment or a module (eg, a chip) in the core network equipment. The communication apparatus may include:
接收单元,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device;
发送单元,用于向所述第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息,所述一个或多个候选接入网设备根据所述目标小区的信息确定。a sending unit, configured to send second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices, the one or more candidate access network devices The network device determines according to the information of the target cell.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信装置还可以包括:As a possible implementation manner, the communication device may further include:
根据所述目标小区的信息和接入网设备的标识,确定所述一个或多个候选接入网设备。The one or more candidate access network devices are determined according to the information of the target cell and the identity of the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元,还用于接收所述接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the identifier of the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述候选接入网设备的信息为所述候选接入网设备的标识,或者所述候选接入网设备的标识的长度。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第十二方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为核心网设备,也可以为核心网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),该通信装置可以包括:A twelfth aspect discloses a communication apparatus. The communication apparatus may be core network equipment or a module (eg, a chip) in the core network equipment. The communication apparatus may include:
接收单元,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device;
发送单元,用于向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述目标小区的信息,所述第二消息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述一个或多个候选接入网设备根据所述目标小区的信息确定,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理。a sending unit, configured to send a second message to one or more candidate access network devices, where the second message includes information of the target cell, the second message is used to determine the second access network device, the One or more candidate access network devices are determined according to the information of the target cell, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信装置还可以包括:As a possible implementation manner, the communication device may further include:
确定单元,用于根据所述目标小区的信息和接入网设备的标识,确定所述一个或多个候选接入网设备。A determining unit, configured to determine the one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the identifier of the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元,还用于接收所述接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the identifier of the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元,还用于接收来自所述一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息;As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is further configured to receive one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices;
所述确定单元,还用于根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备。The determining unit is further configured to determine the second access network device according to the one or more response information.
作为一种可能的实施方式,第一响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,或用于指示所述目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,所述第一响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的任一响应信息,所述第一候选接入网设备为所述第一响应信息对应的候选接入网设备;As a possible implementation manner, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device , the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information;
所述确定单元根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备包括:The determining unit determining the second access network device according to the one or more response information includes:
当第二响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,确定所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二接入网设备,所述第二响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。When the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a second candidate access network device, it is determined that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device, and the second response network device is determined to be the second access network device. The information is one response information in the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述发送单元,还用于向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is further configured to send the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第十三方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为核心网设备,也可以为核心网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),该通信装置可以包括:A thirteenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus. The communication apparatus may be core network equipment or a module (eg, a chip) in the core network equipment. The communication apparatus may include:
接收单元,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device;
发送单元,用于向第二接入网设备发送所述目标小区的信息,所述第二接入网设备的标识与所述目标小区的标识存在关联;a sending unit, configured to send the information of the target cell to a second access network device, where the identifier of the second access network device is associated with the identifier of the target cell;
所述接收单元,还用于接收来自所述第二接入网设备的第三接入网设备的标识,所述目标小区被所述第三接入网设备管理。The receiving unit is further configured to receive an identifier of a third access network device from the second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元,还用于接收辅助信息;As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is further configured to receive auxiliary information;
所述发送单元,还用于向所述第二接入网设备发送第一辅助信息,所述第一辅助信息为所述辅助信息中接入网设备的标识与所述第二接入网设备的标识存在关联的辅助信息,所述第一辅助信息用于确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系。The sending unit is further configured to send first auxiliary information to the second access network device, where the first auxiliary information is the identification of the access network device in the auxiliary information and the second access network device There is associated auxiliary information associated with the identifier of the first auxiliary information, and the first auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元接收辅助信息包括:As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit receiving auxiliary information includes:
接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息,所述多个接入网设备与所述多个辅助信息一一对应。Multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices are received, and the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息包括:As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices includes:
接收来自第四接入网设备的第二辅助信息,所述第四接入网设备为与所述核心网设备 建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。Receive second auxiliary information from a fourth access network device, where the fourth access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,第三辅助信息包括第五接入网设备的标识以及所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,所述第三辅助信息为所述第一辅助信息中的任一辅助信息,所述第五接入网设备为所述第三辅助信息对应的接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the third auxiliary information includes the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device, and the third auxiliary information is the first auxiliary information The fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区包括所述第五接入网设备管理的小区,或者,As a possible implementation manner, the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or,
所述第五接入网设备关联的小区不属于所述第五接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述第五接入网设备的标识的小区。The cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the cell managed by the fifth access network device and the cell identifier includes the identifier of the fifth access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述发送单元,还用于向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is further configured to send the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:As a possible implementation manner, the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following:
所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the fifth access network device;
所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the fifth access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第十四方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第二接入网设备,也可以为第二接入网设备中的模块(例如,芯片),该通信装置可以包括:A fourteenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus. The communication apparatus may be a second access network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the second access network device, and the communication apparatus may include:
接收单元,用于接收来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive information from the target cell of the core network device;
确定单元,用于根据所述目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第三接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第三接入网设备管理。A determining unit, configured to determine a third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述接收单元,还用于接收来自所述核心网设备的第一辅助信息,所述第一辅助信息用于确定所述对应关系,所述第一辅助信息中接入网设备的标识与所述第二接入网设备的标识存在关联。As a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is further configured to receive first auxiliary information from the core network device, where the first auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship, and the first auxiliary information includes The identity of the access network device is associated with the identity of the second access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。As a possible implementation manner, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,第三辅助信息包括第五接入网设备的标识以及所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,所述第三辅助信息为所述第一辅助信息中的任一辅助信息,所述第五接入网设备为所述第三辅助信息对应的接入网设备。As a possible implementation manner, the third auxiliary information includes the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device, and the third auxiliary information is the first auxiliary information The fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区包括所述第五接入网设备管理的小区,或者,As a possible implementation manner, the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or,
所述第五接入网设备关联的小区不属于所述第五接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述第五接入网设备的标识的小区。The cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the cell managed by the fifth access network device and the cell identifier includes the identifier of the fifth access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述确定单元,具体用于确定第三接入网设备的标识。As a possible implementation manner, the determining unit is specifically configured to determine the identity of the third access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,该通信装置还可以包括:As a possible implementation manner, the communication device may further include:
发送单元,用于向所述核心网设备发送所述第三接入网设备的标识。A sending unit, configured to send the identity of the third access network device to the core network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:As a possible implementation manner, the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following:
所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the fifth access network device;
所述第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the fifth access network device.
作为一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。As a possible implementation manner, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
第十五方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为核心网设备或者核心网设备内的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口,所述输入接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息,所述输出接口用于向所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置输出信息,当所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序时,使得所述处理器执行第一方面、第四方面至第六方面或第一方面、第四方面至第六方面的任一实施方式公开的通信方法。A fifteenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a core network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the core network device. The communication device may include a processor, a memory, an input interface for receiving information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and an output interface for sending information outside the communication device The other communication means output information, when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, causing the processor to perform the first aspect, the fourth aspect to the sixth aspect or the first aspect, the fourth aspect to the sixth aspect A method of communication is disclosed in any embodiment of the aspect.
第十六方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第一接入网设备或者第一接入网设备内的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口,所述输入接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息,所述输出接口用于向所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置输出信息,当所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序时,使得所述处理器执行第二方面、第三方面或第二方面、第三方面的任一实施方式公开的通信方法。A sixteenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device. The communication device may include a processor, a memory, an input interface for receiving information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and an output interface for sending information outside the communication device The other communication device outputs information, when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, causing the processor to execute the second aspect, the third aspect or any embodiment disclosed in the second aspect or the third aspect. communication method.
第十七方面公开一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第二接入网设备或者第二接入网设备内的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口,所述输入接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息,所述输出接口用于向所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置输出信息,当所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序时,使得所述处理器执行第七方面或第七方面的任一实施方式公开的通信方法。A seventeenth aspect discloses a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a second access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the second access network device. The communication device may include a processor, a memory, an input interface for receiving information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and an output interface for sending information outside the communication device The other communication device outputs information, and when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, the processor causes the processor to execute the communication method disclosed in the seventh aspect or any embodiment of the seventh aspect.
第十八方面公开一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第一方面对应的通信装置和第二方面对应的通信装置。An eighteenth aspect discloses a communication system, which includes a communication device corresponding to the first aspect and a communication device corresponding to the second aspect.
第十九方面公开一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第三方面对应的通信装置和第四方面对应的通信装置。A nineteenth aspect discloses a communication system, which includes a communication device corresponding to the third aspect and a communication device corresponding to the fourth aspect.
第二十方面公开一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第二方面对应的通信装置、第六方面对应的通信装置和第七方面对应的通信装置。A twentieth aspect discloses a communication system, which includes a communication device corresponding to the second aspect, a communication device corresponding to the sixth aspect, and a communication device corresponding to the seventh aspect.
第二十一方面公开一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序或计算机指令,当该计算机程序或计算机指令运行时,实现如上述各方面公开的通信方法。A twenty-first aspect discloses a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program or computer instruction is stored thereon, and when the computer program or computer instruction is executed, the communication method disclosed in the above aspects is implemented.
第二十二方面公开一种芯片,包括处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的程序,当程序被执行时,使得芯片执行上面的方法。A twenty-second aspect discloses a chip including a processor for executing a program stored in a memory, and when the program is executed, the chip executes the above method.
作为一种可能的实施方式,存储器位于芯片之外。As a possible implementation, the memory is located off-chip.
第二十三方面公开一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当 该计算机程序代码被运行时,使得上述通信方法被执行。A twenty-third aspect discloses a computer program product comprising computer program code which, when executed, causes the above communication method to be performed.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例公开的一种网络架构示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例公开的一种包括CU和DU的接入网设备的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device including a CU and a DU disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例公开的一种建立控制面接口的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of establishing a control plane interface disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例公开的另一种建立控制面接口的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is another schematic flowchart of establishing a control plane interface disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例公开的一种小区标识和接入网标识的示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a cell identity and an access network identity disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例公开的一种通信方法的流程示意图;6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例公开的另一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;13 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例公开的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例公开的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图20是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图21是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application;
图22是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例公开了一种通信方法、装置及系统,用于提高灵活性。以下分别进行详细说明。The embodiments of the present application disclose a communication method, device, and system, which are used to improve flexibility. Each of them will be described in detail below.
为了更好地理解本申请实施例公开的一种通信方法、装置及系统,下面先对本申请实施例使用的网络架构进行描述。请参阅图1,图1是本申请实施例公开的一种网络架构示意图。如图1所示,该网络架构可以包括核心网设备101、多个接入网设备102以及多个终端设备103。核心网设备101与接入网设备102之间进行通信,终端设备103与接入网设备102之间进行通信。In order to better understand the communication method, device, and system disclosed in the embodiments of the present application, the network architecture used in the embodiments of the present application is first described below. Please refer to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the network architecture may include a core network device 101 , multiple access network devices 102 and multiple terminal devices 103 . The core network device 101 communicates with the access network device 102 , and the terminal device 103 communicates with the access network device 102 .
终端设备,又可以称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。终端设备可以为手持终端、笔 记本电脑、用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、掌上电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handheld)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、无绳电话(cordless phone)或者无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)台、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端,可穿戴设备(如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等),车载设备(如汽车、自行车、电动车、飞机、船舶、火车、高铁等)、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、智能家居设备(如冰箱、电视、空调、电表等)、智能机器人、车间设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端,或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、飞行设备(如智能机器人、热气球、无人机、飞机)或其他可以接入网络的设备。Terminal equipment, also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users. equipment. For example, handheld devices, in-vehicle devices, etc. with wireless connectivity. The terminal device can be a handheld terminal, a notebook computer, a subscriber unit, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a tablet computer , handheld computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handheld), laptop computer (laptop computer), cordless phone (cordless phone) or wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, machine type communication (machine type communication) type communication, MTC) terminals, wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.), in-vehicle devices (such as cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed rail, etc.), mobile Internet devices ( mobile internet device, MID), virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), smart home devices (such as refrigerators, TVs, air conditioners, electricity meters) etc.), intelligent robots, workshop equipment, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety Wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, wireless terminals in smart homes, flying devices (such as smart robots, hot air balloons, drones, airplanes) or other devices that can access the network device of.
接入网设备,是指将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备),又可以称为基站。目前,一些RAN节点的举例为:继续演进的节点B(generation Node B,gNB)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。另外,在一种网络结构中,接入网设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点,也可以包括分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点,还可以包括CU节点和DU节点。请参阅图2,图2是本申请实施例公开的一种包括CU和DU的接入网设备的结构示意图。如图2所示,包括CU节点和DU节点的接入网设备可以将NR系统中接入网设备中的协议层进行拆分,部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU。进一步地,可以将CU划分为控制面,即集中单元的控制面(centralized unitcontrol plane,CU-CP),和用户面,即集中单元的用户面(centralized unituser plane,CU-UP)。CU-CP负责控制面功能,主要包括无限资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层和控制面对应的包数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP),即PDCP-C,层的功能。PDCP-C主要负责控制面数据的加解密、完整性保护、数据传输等。CU-UP负责用户面功能,主要包括服务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层和用户面对应的PDCP,即PDCP-U,层的功能。SDAP主要负责将核心网设备的数据进行处理并将数据流(flow)映射到承载。PDCP-U主要负责数据面的加解密、完整性保护、头压缩、序列号维护、数据传输等。CU-CP和CU-UP可以通过E1接口进行通信。CU-CP可以通过下一代(next generation,NG)接口和核心网设备进行通信。CU-CP可以通过F1接口控制面(即F1-C)与DU进行通信。CU-UP可以通过F1接口用户面(即F1-U)与DU进行通信。DU包括无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层、物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。接入网设备可以为不同通信系统中的接入网设备。Access network equipment refers to a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or equipment) that connects terminal equipment to a wireless network, also known as a base station. At present, some examples of RAN nodes are: generation Node B (gNB), transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller ( radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc. In addition, in a network structure, the access network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, may also include a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, and may also include a CU node and a DU node. Please refer to FIG. 2. FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device including a CU and a DU disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the access network equipment including the CU node and the DU node can split the protocol layers in the access network equipment in the NR system, and the functions of some protocol layers are centrally controlled by the CU, and some or all of the remaining The functions of the protocol layer are distributed in the DU, and the DU is centrally controlled by the CU. Further, the CU can be divided into a control plane, that is, a centralized unit control plane (CU-CP), and a user plane, that is, a centralized unit user plane (CU-UP). The CU-CP is responsible for the control plane functions, mainly including the radio resource control (RRC) layer and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) corresponding to the control plane, namely the functions of the PDCP-C layer. PDCP-C is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, and data transmission. The CU-UP is responsible for the user plane functions, mainly including the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer and the PDCP corresponding to the user plane, namely PDCP-U, layer functions. SDAP is mainly responsible for processing the data of the core network equipment and mapping the data flow to the bearer. PDCP-U is mainly responsible for data plane encryption and decryption, integrity protection, header compression, serial number maintenance, and data transmission. CU-CP and CU-UP can communicate via E1 interface. The CU-CP can communicate with core network equipment through a next generation (NG) interface. The CU-CP can communicate with the DU through the F1 interface control plane (ie, F1-C). The CU-UP can communicate with the DU through the F1 interface user plane (ie, F1-U). The DU includes functions of a radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, a media access control (media access control, MAC) layer, and a physical (physical, PHY) layer. The access network devices may be access network devices in different communication systems.
核心网设备,是指为终端设备提供业务支持的核心网(core network,CN)中的设备。核心网设备可以为接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元等,此处不一一列举。AMF网元可以负责终端设备的接入管理和移动性管理。SMF网元可以负责会话管理,如用户的会话建立等。UPF网元可以是用户面的功能实体,主要负责连接外部网络。需要说明的是,本申请中网元也可以称为实体或功能实体。例如,AMF网元也可以称为AMF实体或AMF功能实体。又例如,SMF网元也可以称为SMF实体或SMF功能实体等。The core network equipment refers to the equipment in the core network (core network, CN) that provides service support for terminal equipment. The core network equipment can be access and mobility management function (AMF) network elements, session management function (session management function, SMF) network elements, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network elements, etc. , not listed here. The AMF network element can be responsible for the access management and mobility management of the terminal equipment. The SMF network element can be responsible for session management, such as user session establishment. The UPF network element can be a functional entity of the user plane, and is mainly responsible for connecting to the external network. It should be noted that, in this application, a network element may also be referred to as an entity or a functional entity. For example, an AMF network element may also be referred to as an AMF entity or an AMF functional entity. For another example, the SMF network element may also be referred to as an SMF entity or an SMF functional entity or the like.
需要说明的是,图1所示的网络架构中不限于仅包括图中所示的设备,还可以包括其它未在图中表示的设备,具体本申请在此处不再一一列举。It should be noted that the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 is not limited to include only the devices shown in the figure, but may also include other devices not shown in the figure, which are not listed one by one in this application.
需要说明的是,图1所示的网络架构,并不构成对网络的限定。可选地,本申请实施例的方法还适用于各种通信系统。It should be noted that the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 does not constitute a limitation on the network. Optionally, the methods in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to various communication systems.
为了更好地理解本申请实施例,下面先对本申请实施例的相关内容进行描述。In order to better understand the embodiments of the present application, the related contents of the embodiments of the present application are first described below.
在无线通信系统中,终端设备与接入网设备之间可以通过无线信号进行信息交互。不同接入网设备的标识不同。接入网设备的标识可以称为全球(global)无线接入网(adio access network,RAN)标识(identity,ID)。全球无线接入网标识可以包括公用陆地移动网(public land mobile network,PLMN)标识和接入网标识。接入网设备可以将自身覆盖区域划分为多个小区,接入网设备可以控制各个小区的资源分配。每个小区具有一个全球小区标识(cell global identifier,CGI)。CGI可以包括PLMN标识和小区标识(cell identity)。小区标识可以包括接入网标识,接入网标识处于小区标识的最前面(或最左边)。In a wireless communication system, the terminal equipment and the access network equipment can exchange information through wireless signals. Different access network devices have different identifiers. The identity of the access network device may be referred to as a global (global) radio access network (adio access network, RAN) identity (identity, ID). The global radio access network identity may include a public land mobile network (PLMN) identity and an access network identity. The access network device can divide its own coverage area into multiple cells, and the access network device can control the resource allocation of each cell. Each cell has a cell global identifier (CGI). CGI may include PLMN identity and cell identity. The cell identity may include an access network identity, and the access network identity is at the front (or leftmost) of the cell identity.
接入网标识的长度可以灵活设置。例如,在5G系统中,新无线(new radio,NR)中的接入网标识的长度可以在22比特(bit)~32比特范围内,CGI中的小区标识的长度可以为36比特。The length of the access network identifier can be set flexibly. For example, in a 5G system, the length of the access network identifier in the new radio (NR) may be in the range of 22 bits (bit) to 32 bits, and the length of the cell identifier in the CGI may be 36 bits.
在无线通信系统中,为了让接入网设备能够获取到终端设备所属小区的信号质量,或为了终端设备能够检测到某个小区的信号质量,接入网设备覆盖区域内的每个小区可以向终端设备指示当前小区对应的物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)。在一定区域范围内可以重复使用PCI。为了减少小区间干扰,可以让相邻小区使用不同的PCI。当两个小区不相邻且两个小区之间的距离较远时,这两个小区可以使用相同的PCI。在NR中,PCI可以在0~1007之间取值。In a wireless communication system, in order for the access network device to obtain the signal quality of the cell to which the terminal device belongs, or for the terminal device to detect the signal quality of a certain cell, each cell in the coverage area of the access network device can send the The terminal equipment indicates the physical cell identifier (physical cell identifier, PCI) corresponding to the current cell. PCI can be reused within a certain area. To reduce inter-cell interference, adjacent cells may use different PCIs. When two cells are not adjacent and the distance between the two cells is large, the two cells can use the same PCI. In NR, PCI can take a value between 0 and 1007.
在无线通信系统中,接入网设备可以在每个小区的广播消息中广播小区对应的CGI。当接入网设备检测到一个小区时,接入网设备可以让终端设备上报该小区的CGI,以便可以根据CGI确定该小区属于哪个接入网设备。例如,当运营商在某个地方新部署了一个接入网设备时,相邻接入网设备可以通过终端设备上报的该接入网设备下对应小区的CGI,来确定新部署的接入网设备。In a wireless communication system, the access network device may broadcast the CGI corresponding to the cell in the broadcast message of each cell. When the access network device detects a cell, the access network device can make the terminal device report the CGI of the cell, so that which access network device the cell belongs to can be determined according to the CGI. For example, when an operator newly deploys an access network device in a certain place, the adjacent access network device can determine the newly deployed access network through the CGI of the corresponding cell under the access network device reported by the terminal device. equipment.
此外,当一个接入网设备检测到周围有一个新接入网设备时,这两个接入网设备之间为了实现某些功能,例如,一个终端设备从当前接入网设备切换到新接入网设备,这两个接入网设备之间需要建立控制面接口。两个接入网设备之间的控制面相关消息可以采用流 控制传输协议(stream control transmission protocol,SCTP)对应的传输网络层进行传输,两个接入网设备之间的控制面相关消息是采用SCTP协议进行携带的。In addition, when an access network device detects that there is a new access network device nearby, in order to implement certain functions between the two access network devices, for example, a terminal device switches from the current access network device to the new access network device. Network access device, a control plane interface needs to be established between the two access network devices. The control plane related messages between two access network devices can be transmitted by the transport network layer corresponding to the stream control transmission protocol (SCTP), and the control plane related messages between the two access network devices are It is carried by SCTP protocol.
源接入网设备可以通过终端设备上报的PCI发现有一个新小区,之后可以通过终端设备上报的该小区的CGI来获取目标接入网设备的全球无线接入网标识。在源接入网设备知道目标接入网设备的全球无线接入网标识,但不知道目标接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息的情况下,源接入网设备先需要通过核心网设备来获取目标接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息,之后可以根据目标接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息建立与目标接入网设备的控制面接口。用于建立控制面接口的信息可以为传输网络层(transport network layer,TNL)地址,也可以为其它可以用于建立控制面接口的信息,在此不加限定。下面以用于建立控制面接口的信息为TNL地址为例进行说明。请参阅图3,图3是本申请实施例公开的一种建立控制面接口的流程示意图。如图3所示,接入网设备1可以向核心网设备发送上行RAN配置传输(uplinkRAN configuration transfer)消息,该消息可以携带有接入网设备1(即源接入网设备)和接入网设备2(即目标接入网设备)的全球无线接入网标识。此外,该消息还可以携带有接入网设备1的TNL地址。该消息用于获取接入网设备2的TNL地址。核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备1的uplink RAN configuration transfer消息之后,可以根据接入网设备2的全球无线接入网标识,向接入网设备2发送下行RAN配置传输(downlink RAN configuration transfer)消息。该消息可以携带有接入网设备1和接入网设备2的全球无线接入网标识。接入网设备2接收到来自核心网设备的downlink RAN configuration transfer消息之后,可以向核心网设备发送uplink RAN configuration transfer消息进行响应,该消息可以携带有一个或多个TNL地址,上述一个或多个TNL地址为接入网设备1进行SCTP连接的TNL地址。该消息还可以携带有接入网设备1和接入网设备2的全球无线接入网标识。核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备2的uplink RAN configuration transfer消息之后,可以根据接入网设备1的全球无线接入网标识,向接入网设备1发送downlink RAN configuration transfer消息,该消息携带有上述一个或多个TNL地址。接入网设备1接收到来自核心网设备的downlink RAN configuration transfer消息之后,可以根据上述一个或多个TNL地址向接入网设备2发送控制面接口建立请求。接入网设备2接收到来自接入网设备1的控制面接口建立请求之后,可以向接入网设备1发送控制面接口建立响应信息。控制面接口可以为Xn口,也可以为X2接口。The source access network device can discover a new cell through the PCI reported by the terminal device, and then can obtain the global radio access network identifier of the target access network device through the CGI of the cell reported by the terminal device. In the case that the source access network device knows the global radio access network identifier of the target access network device, but does not know the information used by the target access network device to establish the control plane interface, the source access network device needs to pass through the core network first. The device obtains the information used by the target access network device to establish the control plane interface, and then can establish the control plane interface with the target access network device according to the information used by the target access network device to establish the control plane interface. The information for establishing a control plane interface may be a transport network layer (transport network layer, TNL) address, or may be other information that can be used for establishing a control plane interface, which is not limited herein. The following description will be given by taking an example that the information for establishing a control plane interface is a TNL address. Please refer to FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of establishing a control plane interface disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , the access network device 1 may send an uplink RAN configuration transfer (uplinkRAN configuration transfer) message to the core network device, and the message may carry the access network device 1 (ie, the source access network device) and the access network device. The global radio access network identity of device 2 (ie, the target access network device). In addition, the message may also carry the TNL address of the access network device 1 . This message is used to obtain the TNL address of the access network device 2 . After the core network device receives the uplink RAN configuration transfer message from the access network device 1, it can send the downlink RAN configuration transfer to the access network device 2 according to the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 2. )information. The message may carry the global radio access network identifiers of the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 . After the access network device 2 receives the downlink RAN configuration transfer message from the core network device, it can respond by sending an uplink RAN configuration transfer message to the core network device, and the message can carry one or more TNL addresses, one or more of the above. The TNL address is the TNL address where the access network device 1 performs the SCTP connection. The message may also carry the global radio access network identifiers of the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 . After the core network device receives the uplink RAN configuration transfer message from the access network device 2, it can send the downlink RAN configuration transfer message to the access network device 1 according to the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 1. The message carries the There are one or more of the above TNL addresses. After the access network device 1 receives the downlink RAN configuration transfer message from the core network device, it can send a control plane interface establishment request to the access network device 2 according to the above one or more TNL addresses. After the access network device 2 receives the control plane interface establishment request from the access network device 1 , it may send control plane interface establishment response information to the access network device 1 . The control plane interface can be an Xn interface or an X2 interface.
请参阅图4,图4是本申请实施例公开的另一种建立控制面接口的流程示意图。其中,图4应用于演进的通用路面无线接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)NR双连接(E-UTRANR dual connectivity,EN-DC)场景。其中,接入网设备1和接入网设备2为长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)中的接入网设备,接入网设备3为NR中的接入网设备。如图4所示,接入网设备2与接入网设备3建立了EN-DC接口。例如,接入网设备3对应的配置中可以配置有需要与该接入网设备建立EN-DC控制面接口的LTE接入网设备2的全球无线接入网标识和TNL地址。接入网设备3可以向接入网设备2发送EN-DC建立请求(如EN-DC X2 Setup Request)消息,该消息可以携带有接入网设备3的全球无线接入网标识,该消息还可以携带有接入网设备3管理或服务的小区的CGI。接入网设备2接收到来自接入网设备3的EN-DC建立请求消息之后,可以向接入网设备3发送EN-DC建立请求响应(如 EN-DC X2 Setup Response)消息,该消息可以携带有接入网设备2的全球无线接入网标识,该消息还可以携带有接入网设备2管理或服务的小区的CGI。接入网设备2与接入网设备3建立EN-DC接口之后,接入网设备2可以向核心网设备发送接入网设备2的选择跟踪区域代码(tracking area code,TAC)、指示信息和接入网设备3的全球无线接入网标识,该指示信息用于指示接入网设备2与接入网设备3建立了EN-DC接口。上述信息可以通过第一消息进行发送,第一消息可以为控制面接口建立消息,也可以为接入网设备配置更新消息。接入网设备1(即源接入网设备)可以向核心网设备发送第二消息,第二消息可以携带有第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于获取接入网设备3(即目标接入网设备)的TNL地址。第二消息还可以携带有接入网设备3的全球无线接入网标识、接入网设备1的全球无线接入网标识以及接入网设备1的TNL地址。第二消息还可以携带有接入网设备3的选择跟踪区域标识(tracking area identity,TAI)、接入网设备1的选择跟踪区域标识,其中跟踪区域标识包括PLMN标识和TAC。第二消息可以为eNB配置传输(eNB configuration transfer)消息,也可以为其它消息。核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备1的第二消息之后,可以根据第二指示信息向与接入网设备3建立EN-DC接口的接入网设备2发送第一请求,该第一请求用于获取接入网设备3的TNL地址,第一请求可以携带在第三消息中,第三消息可以为移动功能实体(mobility management entity,MME)配置传输(MME configuration transfer)消息,第三消息还可以携带有接入网设备1和接入网设备3的全球无线接入网标识。第三消息还可以携带有接入网设备3的选择跟踪区域标识、接入网设备1的选择跟踪区域标识、以及接入网设备1的TNL地址。接入网设备2接收到来自核心网设备的第三消息之后,可以根据第一请求向接入网设备3发送第四消息,第四消息可以携带有第一请求、接入网设备1和接入网设备3的全球无线接入网标识。第四消息还可以携带有接入网设备3的选择跟踪区域标识、接入网设备1的选择跟踪区域标识、以及接入网设备1的TNL地址。第四消息可以为EN-DC configuration transfer消息。接入网设备3接收到来自接入网设备2的第四消息之后,可以向接入网设备2发送第五消息,第五消息携带有响应信息,该响应信息可以包括接入网设备1的全球无线接入网标识以及接入网设备3的全球无线接入网标识和TNL地址,该响应信息还可以携带有接入网设备3的选择跟踪区域标识、接入网设备1的选择跟踪区域标识。第五消息可以为EN-DC configuration transfer消息。接入网设备2接收到来自接入网设备3的第五消息之后,可以向核心网设备发送第六消息,第六消息携带有该响应信息,第六消息可以为eNB configuration transfer消息。核心网设备接收到来自接入网设备2的第六消息之后,可以向接入网设备1发送第七消息,第七消息携带有该响应信息,第七消息可以为MME configuration transfer消息。接入网设备1接收到来自核心网设备的第七消息之后,可以根据接入网设备3的TNL地址向接入网设备3发送EN-DC建立请求(如EN-DC X2 Setup Request)消息,该消息携带有接入网设备3的全球无线接入网标识,该消息还可以携带有接入网设备3管理或服务的小区的CGI。接入网设备3接收到来自接入网设备1的EN-DC建立请求消息之后,可以向接入网设备1发送EN-DC建立响应(如EN-DC X2 Setup Response)消息,该消息可以携带有接入网设备1的全球无线接入网标识,该消息还可以携带有接入网设备1管理或服务的小区的CGI。Please refer to FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is another schematic flowchart of establishing a control plane interface disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. Wherein, FIG. 4 is applied to an evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) NR dual connectivity (E-UTRA NR dual connectivity, EN-DC) scenario. The access network device 1 and the access network device 2 are access network devices in long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), and the access network device 3 is the access network device in NR. As shown in FIG. 4 , the access network device 2 and the access network device 3 establish an EN-DC interface. For example, the configuration corresponding to the access network device 3 may be configured with the global radio access network identifier and TNL address of the LTE access network device 2 that needs to establish an EN-DC control plane interface with the access network device. The access network device 3 can send an EN-DC setup request (such as EN-DC X2 Setup Request) message to the access network device 2, and the message can carry the global wireless access network identifier of the access network device 3, and the message also The CGI of the cell managed or served by the access network device 3 may be carried. After the access network device 2 receives the EN-DC setup request message from the access network device 3, it can send an EN-DC setup request response (such as EN-DC X2 Setup Response) message to the access network device 3, which can Carrying the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 2, the message may also carry the CGI of the cell managed or served by the access network device 2. After the access network device 2 establishes the EN-DC interface with the access network device 3, the access network device 2 can send the selected tracking area code (tracking area code, TAC), instruction information and TAC of the access network device 2 to the core network device. The global wireless access network identifier of the access network device 3, the indication information is used to indicate that the access network device 2 and the access network device 3 have established an EN-DC interface. The above information may be sent through a first message, and the first message may be a control plane interface establishment message or an access network device configuration update message. The access network device 1 (that is, the source access network device) may send a second message to the core network device, and the second message may carry the second indication information, and the second indication information is used to obtain the access network device 3 (that is, the target access network device). network access device) TNL address. The second message may also carry the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 3 , the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 1 , and the TNL address of the access network device 1 . The second message may also carry the selected tracking area identity (tracking area identity, TAI) of the access network device 3 and the selected tracking area identity of the access network device 1, wherein the tracking area identity includes the PLMN identity and the TAC. The second message may be an eNB configuration transfer (eNB configuration transfer) message, or may be other messages. After receiving the second message from the access network device 1, the core network device can send a first request to the access network device 2 that establishes the EN-DC interface with the access network device 3 according to the second indication information, the first request For obtaining the TNL address of the access network device 3, the first request may be carried in a third message, and the third message may be a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) configuration transfer (MME configuration transfer) message, the third message The global wireless access network identifiers of the access network device 1 and the access network device 3 may also be carried. The third message may also carry the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 3 , the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 1 , and the TNL address of the access network device 1 . After receiving the third message from the core network device, the access network device 2 may send a fourth message to the access network device 3 according to the first request, and the fourth message may carry the first request, the access network device 1 and the access network device 3. The global wireless access network identifier of the network access device 3. The fourth message may also carry the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 3 , the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 1 , and the TNL address of the access network device 1 . The fourth message may be an EN-DC configuration transfer message. After receiving the fourth message from the access network device 2, the access network device 3 may send a fifth message to the access network device 2, where the fifth message carries response information, and the response information may include the information of the access network device 1. The global radio access network identifier and the global radio access network identifier and TNL address of the access network device 3. The response information may also carry the selected tracking area identifier of the access network device 3 and the selected tracking area of the access network device 1. logo. The fifth message may be an EN-DC configuration transfer message. After the access network device 2 receives the fifth message from the access network device 3, it can send a sixth message to the core network device, where the sixth message carries the response information, and the sixth message can be an eNB configuration transfer message. After receiving the sixth message from the access network device 2, the core network device may send a seventh message to the access network device 1, where the seventh message carries the response information, and the seventh message may be an MME configuration transfer message. After the access network device 1 receives the seventh message from the core network device, it can send an EN-DC setup request (such as EN-DC X2 Setup Request) message to the access network device 3 according to the TNL address of the access network device 3, The message carries the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 3 , and the message may also carry the CGI of the cell managed or served by the access network device 3 . After the access network device 3 receives the EN-DC setup request message from the access network device 1, it can send an EN-DC setup response (such as EN-DC X2 Setup Response) message to the access network device 1, which can carry There is the global radio access network identifier of the access network device 1 , and the message may also carry the CGI of the cell managed or served by the access network device 1 .
上述建立控制面接口的前提条件为源接入网设备知道目标接入网设备的全球无线接入网标识。在源接入网设备知道目标接入网设备中某个小区的CGI,但无法确定目标接入网 设备的全球无线接入网标识的情况下,无法通过图3或图4对应的方法建立控制面接口。The precondition for establishing the control plane interface above is that the source access network device knows the global radio access network identifier of the target access network device. When the source access network device knows the CGI of a cell in the target access network device, but cannot determine the global radio access network identifier of the target access network device, the control cannot be established by the method corresponding to FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 . face interface.
目前,可以通过操作维护管理(operation administration and maintenance,OAM)来配置接入网标识的长度,以便接入网标识可以根据终端设备上报的CGI来获取对应的接入网标识。例如,固定每个PLMN的接入网标识的长度,但这限制了无线网络部署的灵活性。At present, the length of the access network identifier can be configured through operation administration and maintenance (OAM), so that the access network identifier can obtain the corresponding access network identifier according to the CGI reported by the terminal device. For example, the length of the access network identity of each PLMN is fixed, but this limits the flexibility of wireless network deployment.
为了解决上述问题,业界提出了接入网设备可以获取邻近接入网设备的接入网标识的长度,以便可以根据接入网标识的长度确定接入网标识。一种情况下,接入网设备可以在广播消息中广播接入网标识的长度。当终端设备上报某个小区的CGI时,可以携带有广播消息中的接入网标识的长度,以便接入网设备可以根据该小区的CGI及该小区对应的接入网标识的长度来确定该小区对应的接入网标识。In order to solve the above problem, the industry proposes that the access network device can obtain the length of the access network identifier of the adjacent access network device, so that the access network identifier can be determined according to the length of the access network identifier. In one case, the access network device may broadcast the length of the access network identifier in the broadcast message. When the terminal equipment reports the CGI of a certain cell, it may carry the length of the access network identifier in the broadcast message, so that the access network equipment can determine the length of the access network identifier according to the CGI of the cell and the length of the access network identifier corresponding to the cell The access network identifier corresponding to the cell.
另一种情况下,核心网设备可以确定目标接入网设备的接入网标识或接入网标识的长度。当接入网设备与核心网设备建立控制面接口时,接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送自身的全球无线接入网标识。终端设备上报某个小区的CGI给接入网设备之后,接入网设备可以把CGI发送给核心网设备,以便核心网设备可以根据CGI及各个接入网设备上报的接入网标识来推测出该CGI对应的接入网设备。核心网设备可以采用CGI中的小区标识与各个接入网设备上报的接入网标识进行匹配,把各个接入网设备的接入网标识中与小区标识能进行最长匹配的接入网设备作为候选接入网设备。In another case, the core network device may determine the access network identifier or the length of the access network identifier of the target access network device. When the access network device establishes a control plane interface with the core network device, the access network device may send its own global wireless access network identifier to the core network device. After the terminal device reports the CGI of a cell to the access network device, the access network device can send the CGI to the core network device, so that the core network device can infer the CGI and the access network identifier reported by each access network device. The access network device corresponding to the CGI. The core network device can use the cell ID in the CGI to match the access network ID reported by each access network device, and match the access network device with the cell ID that can perform the longest match among the access network IDs of each access network device. as a candidate access network device.
假设小区标识的长度为5比特,接入网设备1向核心网设备上报的接入网标识为1100,接入网设备2向核心网设备上报的接入网标识为1101,接入网设备3向核心网设备上报的接入网标识为111。当接入网设备1发现一个目标小区的CGI中小区标识为11100时,接入网设备1会把TNL请求发送给核心网设备,并携带该小区的CGI中的小区标识为11100。核心网设备可以根据CGI中的11100从核心网设备中连接的各个接入网设备的接入网标识(1100、1101和111)中找到最长匹配的接入网标识作为候选接入网设备。这里接入网标识111为最长匹配,即把接入网设备3作为候选接入网设备,核心网设备可以把接入网设备1的TNL请求发送给接入网设备3)。Assuming that the length of the cell ID is 5 bits, the access network ID reported by the access network device 1 to the core network device is 1100, the access network ID reported by the access network device 2 to the core network device is 1101, and the access network device 3 The access network identifier reported to the core network device is 111. When the access network device 1 finds that the cell identifier in the CGI of a target cell is 11100, the access network device 1 sends the TNL request to the core network device, and carries the cell identifier 11100 in the CGI of the cell. The core network device can find the longest matching access network identifier from the access network identifiers (1100, 1101 and 111) of each access network device connected in the core network device according to 11100 in the CGI as a candidate access network device. Here, the access network identifier 111 is the longest match, that is, the access network device 3 is used as a candidate access network device, and the core network device can send the TNL request of the access network device 1 to the access network device 3).
对于上述一种情况下,需要修改广播消息,且只能在最新协议版本中修改,这样只支持旧协议版本的终端设备就无法上报接入网标识,而现网中支持最新协议版本的终端设备很少,这样该方案的使用场景就受限。In one of the above cases, the broadcast message needs to be modified, and it can only be modified in the latest protocol version, so that the terminal device that only supports the old protocol version cannot report the access network ID, while the terminal device that supports the latest protocol version in the current network cannot report the ID of the access network. Very few, so the use cases of this scheme are limited.
对于上述另一种情况下,核心网设备采用最长匹配结果作为接入网标识,在现网中可能会出现匹配错误的场景。请参阅图5,图5是本申请实施例公开的一种小区标识和接入网标识的示意图。如图5所示,不同灰度最上面的节点数字为接入网标识,不同灰度最下面的节点数字为的接入网设备对应的小区的小区标识。可见,有三个接入网设备,接入网设备1的接入网标识为11,接入网设备2的接入网标识为1101,接入网设备3的接入网标识为111。接入网设备3发现一个接入网设备1下面的小区11010,这时候核心网设备采用最长匹配,核心网设备会认为该小区属于接入网设备2,这就会导致匹配错误。In the other case above, the core network device uses the longest matching result as the access network identifier, and a matching error may occur in the existing network. Please refer to FIG. 5. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a cell identifier and an access network identifier disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the node numbers at the top of different grayscales are the access network identifiers, and the node numbers at the bottom of different grayscales are the cell identifiers of the cells corresponding to the access network equipment. It can be seen that there are three access network devices, the access network identifier of access network device 1 is 11, the access network identifier of access network device 2 is 1101, and the access network identifier of access network device 3 is 111. The access network device 3 finds a cell 11010 under the access network device 1. At this time, the core network device adopts the longest matching, and the core network device will think that the cell belongs to the access network device 2, which will lead to a matching error.
因此,如何根据小区标识准确地确定接入网标识已成为一个亟待解决的技术问题。Therefore, how to accurately determine the access network identity according to the cell identity has become an urgent technical problem to be solved.
应理解,上述以及下面接入网设备对应的小区可以理解为接入网设备关联的小区。It should be understood that the cells corresponding to the access network devices above and below may be understood as cells associated with the access network devices.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图6,图6是本申请实施例公开的一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图6所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a schematic flowchart of a communication method disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the communication method may include the following steps.
601、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。601. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
目标小区的信息可以包括目标小区的小区标识,也可以包括目标小区的CGI。目标小区的信息还可以包括目标小区对应的TAI或TAC,从而便于核心网设备确定管理目标小区的接入网设备是连接到哪一个核心网设备。The information of the target cell may include the cell identity of the target cell, and may also include the CGI of the target cell. The information of the target cell may also include the TAI or TAC corresponding to the target cell, so that the core network device can determine which core network device the access network device managing the target cell is connected to.
第一接入网设备发现目标小区之后,可以先判断目标小区是否为第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者目标小区是否属于邻小区列表中的小区,当判断出目标小区不是第一接入网设备管理的小区,或目标小区不属于邻小区列表中的小区时,如果第一接入网设备有需求需要与目标小区或第二接入网进行交互,则第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。其中,第一接入网设备可以为与核心网设备建立连接的任一接入网设备。After the first access network device discovers the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a cell in the neighbor cell list, when it is determined that the target cell is not the first access network device. When the cell managed by the network device or the target cell does not belong to the cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device needs to interact with the target cell or the second access network, the first access network device can send The core network equipment sends the information of the target cell. The first access network device may be any access network device that establishes a connection with the core network device.
第一接入网设备可以通过一个消息向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息,目标小区的信息可以包括在这个消息中发送给核心网设备。这个消息可以为uplink RAN configuration transfer消息,也可以为切换需求(handover required)消息,还可以为eNB configuration transfer消息,还可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。The first access network device may send the information of the target cell to the core network device through a message, and the information of the target cell may be included in the message and sent to the core network device. This message can be an uplink RAN configuration transfer message, a handover required message, an eNB configuration transfer message, or other messages, which are not limited here.
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息之前,可以向核心网设备发送辅助信息。这个辅助信息可以包括第一接入网设备的标识以及第一接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。第一接入网设备关联的小区可以包括第一接入网设备管理或服务的小区,也可以包括不属于第一接入网设备管理且小区标识包括第一接入网设备的标识的小区。第一接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息可以包括第一接入网设备对应的小区的所有小区标识或全球小区标识,也可以包括第一接入网设备对应的小区的所有小区标识的公共部分,还可以包括第一接入网设备对应的小区的部分小区标识或全球小区标识,以及第一接入网设备对应的小区的其他部分小区标识的公共部分。可选地,本发明中多个小区标识的公共部分是指这些小区标识都是以该公共部分为开头,且所有以该公共部分为开头的小区标识都在这些小区标识内。以公共部分为开头,可以理解为小区标识的最左边为该公共部分。Before sending the information of the target cell to the core network device, the first access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device. The auxiliary information may include the identity of the first access network device and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device. The cell associated with the first access network device may include a cell managed or served by the first access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the first access network device and whose cell identifier includes an identifier of the first access network device. The identity information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device may include all cell identities or global cell identities of the cell corresponding to the first access network device, or may include a common value of all cell identities of the cell corresponding to the first access network device. part, may also include a partial cell identity or a global cell identity of the cell corresponding to the first access network device, and a common part of other partial cell identity of the cell corresponding to the first access network device. Optionally, the common part of multiple cell identities in the present invention means that these cell identities all start with the common part, and all cell identities starting with the common part are within these cell identities. Starting with the common part, it can be understood that the leftmost part of the cell identifier is the common part.
举例说明,假设第一接入网设备为图5中的接入网设备3,接入网设备3对应的小区可以为小区标识11110和11111对应的小区,即接入网设备3管理的小区;也可以为小区标识11100和11101对应的小区,即不属于接入网设备3管理且小区标识11100和11101包括接入网设备3的标识111的小区。接入网设备3对应的小区的标识信息可以包括11110和11111,即第一接入网设备对应的小区的小区标识,也可以包括1111,表示以1111为开头的所有小区的小区标识对应的小区都属于接入网设备3,或被接入网设备3管理或服务,即接入网设备对应的小区的所有小区标识的公共部分。For example, assuming that the first access network device is the access network device 3 in FIG. 5 , the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be the cell corresponding to the cell identifiers 11110 and 11111, that is, the cell managed by the access network device 3; It may also be the cells corresponding to the cell identifiers 11100 and 11101 , that is, the cells that are not managed by the access network device 3 and the cell identifiers 11100 and 11101 include the identifier 111 of the access network device 3 . The identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may include 11110 and 11111, that is, the cell identification of the cell corresponding to the first access network device, or may include 1111, indicating the cell corresponding to the cell identification of all cells starting with 1111 All belong to the access network device 3, or are managed or served by the access network device 3, that is, the common part of all cell identifiers of the cells corresponding to the access network device.
在核心网设备不知道第一接入网设备管理的小区的小区标识的长度的情况下,如果第一接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息只包括第一接入网设备对应的小区的小区标识的公共部分,上述辅助信息还可以包括第一接入网设备对应的小区的小区标识的长度,以便核心网设备可以根据第一接入网设备对应的小区的小区标识的公共部分和长度,确定第一接入网设备对应的小区的标识(即小区标识或全球小区标识)。In the case that the core network device does not know the length of the cell identifier of the cell managed by the first access network device, if the identification information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device only includes the cell of the cell corresponding to the first access network device The common part of the identification, the above-mentioned auxiliary information may also include the length of the cell identification of the cell corresponding to the first access network device, so that the core network device can, according to the common part and length of the cell identification of the cell corresponding to the first access network device, Determine the identity of the cell corresponding to the first access network device (ie, the cell identity or the global cell identity).
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的这个辅助信息。之后核心网设备可以根据这个辅助信息确定第一接入网设备管理的小区与第一接入网设备之间的对应关系。第一接入网设备管理的小区与第一接入网设备之间的对应关系可以为第一接入网设备管理的小区的标识与第一接入网设备的标识之间的对应关系。Correspondingly, the core network device receives this auxiliary information from the first access network device. Afterwards, the core network device may determine the correspondence between the cell managed by the first access network device and the first access network device according to the auxiliary information. The correspondence between the cell managed by the first access network device and the first access network device may be the correspondence between the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device and the identity of the first access network device.
602、核心网设备根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备。602. The core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
核心网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备。核心网设备可以确定第一标识,也可以确定第一标识的长度。第一标识可以为第二接入网设备的标识。第一标识的长度可以为第一标识所占比特数。接入网设备的标识可以为接入网设备的接入网标识,也可以为接入网设备的全球无线接入网标识。目标小区被第二接入网设备管理,可以理解为目标小区为第二接入网设备管理的小区,也可以理解为第二接入网设备为管理目标小区的接入网设备。After receiving the information of the target cell from the first access network device, the core network device may determine the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device. The core network device may determine the first identifier, and may also determine the length of the first identifier. The first identifier may be the identifier of the second access network device. The length of the first identifier may be the number of bits occupied by the first identifier. The identifier of the access network device may be the access network identifier of the access network device, or the global wireless access network identifier of the access network device. The target cell is managed by the second access network device. It can be understood that the target cell is a cell managed by the second access network device, and it can also be understood that the second access network device is an access network device that manages the target cell.
核心网设备可以先接收辅助信息,之后可以根据辅助信息确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,以便在接收到来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备。这儿的辅助信息为接入网设备上报的所有辅助信息,可以包括步骤601中的辅助信息。相应地,这儿的对应关系可以包括步骤601中的对应关系。需要说明的是,在核心网支持多个PLMN的终端设备接入的情况下,核心网设备维护每个PLMN的小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,核心网设备收到目标小区的信息之后,是根据目标小区的PLMN信息以及目标小区的小区标识来确定第二接入网设备。核心网设备还可以根据目标小区的TAI或TAC来查找管理目标小区的接入网设备连接的核心网设备是哪一个,从而进一步由该核心网设备来确定第二接入网设备。The core network device can first receive the auxiliary information, and then can determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information, so that after receiving the information of the target cell from the first access network device, it can determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information. The information and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device determine the second access network device. The auxiliary information here is all the auxiliary information reported by the access network device, which may include the auxiliary information in step 601 . Correspondingly, the corresponding relationship here may include the corresponding relationship in step 601 . It should be noted that in the case where the core network supports the access of terminal equipment of multiple PLMNs, the core network equipment maintains the correspondence between the cells of each PLMN and the access network equipment, and the core network equipment receives the information of the target cell. After that, the second access network device is determined according to the PLMN information of the target cell and the cell identity of the target cell. The core network device can also find out which core network device the access network device managing the target cell is connected to according to the TAI or TAC of the target cell, so that the core network device further determines the second access network device.
多个接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送多个辅助信息。相应地,核心网设备可以接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息。多个接入网设备与多个辅助信息一一对应。可见,一个接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送一个唯一的辅助信息。多个接入网设备可以包括第二接入网设备。Multiple access network devices can send multiple pieces of auxiliary information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may receive multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices. Multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with multiple pieces of auxiliary information. It can be seen that an access network device can send unique auxiliary information to the core network device. The plurality of access network devices may include a second access network device.
第三接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送第一辅助信息。相应地,核心网设备可以接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息。第三接入网设备为与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。可见,与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备均可以向核心网设备发送辅助信息。The third access network device may send the first assistance information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may receive the first assistance information from the third access network device. The third access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device. It can be seen that all access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device can send auxiliary information to the core network device.
第三接入网设备可以在与核心网设备建立过程中或建立连接之后,向核心网设备发送第一辅助信息。第一辅助信息可以是第三接入网设备主动上报的,也可以是在接收到来自核心网设备的获取请求之后,根据获取请求向核心网设备发送的。The third access network device may send the first assistance information to the core network device during or after establishing the connection with the core network device. The first auxiliary information may be actively reported by the third access network device, or may be sent to the core network device according to the acquisition request after receiving the acquisition request from the core network device.
本步骤中的对应关系可以为接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系。这儿的接入网设备可以为上报了辅助信息的任一接入网设备。接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系可以如表1或表2所示:The corresponding relationship in this step may be the corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device. The access network device here can be any access network device that has reported auxiliary information. The correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device may be as shown in Table 1 or Table 2:
接入网设备的标识ID of the access network device 接入网设备管理的小区的标识The identity of the cell managed by the access network equipment
接入网设备1Access network equipment 1 小区1Cell 1
接入网设备2Access network equipment 2 小区2、小区4、小区5Cell 2, Cell 4, Cell 5
接入网设备3Access network equipment 3 小区6、小区8Cell 6, Cell 8
表1Table 1
小区的标识ID of the cell 接入网设备的标识ID of the access network device
小区1Cell 1 接入网设备1Access network equipment 1
小区2Cell 2 接入网设备2Access network equipment 2
小区4Cell 4 接入网设备2Access network equipment 2
表2Table 2
如表1或2所示,一个接入网设备可以管理一个或多个小区。相应地,一个接入网设备的标识可以对应一个小区的标识,也可以对应多个小区的标识。但一个小区的标识只能对应一个接入网设备的标识。As shown in Table 1 or 2, one access network device can manage one or more cells. Correspondingly, the identity of one access network device may correspond to the identity of one cell, or may correspond to the identity of multiple cells. However, the identity of one cell can only correspond to the identity of one access network device.
本步骤中的辅助信息可以包括接入网设备的标识以及接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。一种情况下,接入网设备对应的小区可以包括接入网设备管理或服务的小区。在另一种情况下,接入网设备对应的小区可以包括不属于接入网设备管理且小区标识包括接入网设备的标识的小区,可以理解为以接入网设备的接入网标识为开头但并不属于接入网设备管理或服务的小区。以一个接入网设备的接入网标识为开头,可以理解为小区标识的最左边为这个接入网设备的接入网标识。The auxiliary information in this step may include the identity of the access network device and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the access network device. In one case, the cell corresponding to the access network device may include a cell managed or served by the access network device. In another case, the cell corresponding to the access network device may include a cell that is not managed by the access network device and whose cell ID includes the ID of the access network device, which can be understood as taking the access network ID of the access network device as Beginning with but not belonging to the cell managed or served by the access network equipment. Starting with the access network identifier of an access network device, it can be understood that the leftmost part of the cell identifier is the access network identifier of the access network device.
一种情况下,辅助信息可以直接包括接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息可以包括接入网设备对应的小区的所有小区标识或CGI,也可以包括接入网设备对应的小区的所有小区标识的公共部分,还可以包括接入网设备对应的小区的部分小区标识或CGI,以及其他部分小区标识的公共部分。接入网设备对应的小区的所有或部分小区标识的公共部分可以称为子节点标识,也可以称为子接入网标识。在接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息包括接入网设备对应的小区的小区标识的公共部分的情况下,可以减少接入网设备需要发送的信息,从而可以减少开销。此时,接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息可以为一个列表。In one case, the auxiliary information may directly include identification information of a cell corresponding to the access network device. The identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device may include all cell identifications or CGIs of the cell corresponding to the access network device, may also include the common part of all cell identifications of the cell corresponding to the access network device, and may also include the access network device. Part of the cell identity or CGI of the cell corresponding to the device, and the common part of other partial cell identities. The common part of all or part of the cell identifiers of the cells corresponding to the access network device may be referred to as a sub-node identifier, and may also be referred to as a sub-access network identifier. In the case that the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device includes the common part of the cell identification of the cell corresponding to the access network device, information to be sent by the access network device can be reduced, thereby reducing overhead. In this case, the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device may be a list.
另一种情况下,辅助信息可以包括一个指示信息。这个指示信息可以指示以接入网设备的接入网标识为开头的小区标识均属于该接入网设备管理或服务的小区。此时,接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息可以为一个值。Alternatively, the auxiliary information may include an indication. The indication information may indicate that the cell identifiers starting with the access network identifier of the access network device all belong to the cells managed or served by the access network device. In this case, the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device may be a value.
以接入网设备对应的小区包括接入网设备管理的小区为例进行说明。举例说明,如图5所示,在一种情况下,接入网设备1对应的小区的标识信息可以为小区标识列表{11000,11001,11010,11100,11101},接入网设备2对应的小区的标识信息可以为小区标识列表{11011},接入网设备3对应的小区的标识信息可以为为小区标识列表{11110,11111}。在 另一种情况下,接入网设备1对应的小区的标识信息可以为{以1100为开头的所有小区标识,11010,以1110为开头的所有小区标识},接入网设备2对应的小区的标识信息可以为小区标识列表{11011},接入网设备3对应的小区的标识信息可以为小区标识列表{以1111为开头的所有小区标识}。The cell corresponding to the access network device includes a cell managed by the access network device as an example for description. For example, as shown in FIG. 5 , in one case, the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 1 may be the cell identification list {11000, 11001, 11010, 11100, 11101}, and the cell identification information corresponding to the access network device 2 The identification information of the cell may be the cell identification list {11011}, and the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be the cell identification list {11110, 11111}. In another case, the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 1 may be {all cell IDs starting with 1100, 11010, all cell IDs starting with 1110}, and the cell corresponding to the access network device 2 The identification information of , may be the cell identification list {11011}, and the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be the cell identification list {all cell identifications starting with 1111}.
以接入网设备对应的小区包括不属于接入网设备管理且小区标识包括接入网设备的标识的小区为例进行说明。举例说明,如图5所示,在一种情况下,接入网设备1对应的小区的标识信息可以为小区标识列表{11011,11110,11111},接入网设备2对应的小区的标识信息可以为小区标识列表{11010},接入网设备3对应的小区的标识信息可以为小区标识列表{11100,11101}。在另一种情况下,接入网设备1对应的小区的标识信息可以为{11011,以1111为开头的所有小区标识},接入网设备2对应的小区的标识信息可以为小区标识列表{11010},接入网设备3对应的小区的标识信息可以为小区标识列表{以1110为开头的所有小区标识}。The description is given by taking as an example that the cell corresponding to the access network device includes a cell that is not managed by the access network device and the cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device. For example, as shown in FIG. 5 , in one case, the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 1 may be the cell identification list {11011, 11110, 11111}, and the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 2 It may be the cell identification list {11010}, and the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be the cell identification list {11100, 11101}. In another case, the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 1 may be {11011, all cell identifications starting with 1111}, and the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 2 may be the cell identification list { 11010}, the identification information of the cell corresponding to the access network device 3 may be a cell identification list {all cell identifications starting with 1110}.
不同接入网设备可以根据自身管理或服务的小区列表来确定采用哪种方式向核心网设备上报小区的标识信息。例如,接入网设备可以根据各种方式的开销来决定采用哪种方式。Different access network devices can determine which method to use to report the identification information of the cells to the core network device according to the list of cells managed or served by themselves. For example, the access network device may decide which method to adopt according to the overhead of various methods.
可见,接入网设备上报给核心网设备的辅助信息并不一定是接入网设备的标识与该接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系。因此,核心网设备接收到辅助信息之后,可以先根据辅助信息确定对应关系,以便后续需要根据小区的标识确定接入网设备的情况下,可以提高确定效率。此外,核心网设备接收到辅助信息之后,也可以直接将辅助信息确定为对应关系,此时,对应关系可能不是接入网设备的标识与该接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系。因此,核心网设备接收到目标小区的信息之后,先需要根据存储的对应关系确定接入网设备的标识与该接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系,之后再根据确定的对应关系和目标小区的信息确定第二接入网设备。It can be seen that the auxiliary information reported by the access network device to the core network device is not necessarily a correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device. Therefore, after receiving the auxiliary information, the core network device can first determine the corresponding relationship according to the auxiliary information, so that the determination efficiency can be improved when the access network device needs to be determined according to the identity of the cell later. In addition, after receiving the auxiliary information, the core network device may directly determine the auxiliary information as a corresponding relationship. In this case, the corresponding relationship may not be the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device. relation. Therefore, after the core network device receives the information of the target cell, it first needs to determine the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device according to the stored correspondence, and then according to the determined correspondence The information of the relationship and the target cell determines the second access network device.
在一种情况下,在接入网设备与核心网设备的制式不同的情况下,接入网设备与核心网设备之间无法直接进行通信,需要通过与核心网设备相同制式的接入网设备进行通信。因此,在第三接入网设备与核心网设备的制式不同的情况下,第三接入网设备可以通过第四接入网设备向核心网设备发送第一辅助信息。相应地,核心网设备可以通过第四接入网设备接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息。其中,第四接入网设备与核心网设备具有相同的制式。在另一种情况下,在接入网设备与核心网设备的制式不同的情况下,接入网设备与核心网设备无法直接进行通信,可以将信息发送给直接与核心网设备进行通信的接入网设备,再由这个接入网设备生成辅助信息发送给核心网设备。例如,第三接入网设备可以向第四接入网设备发送信息。例如,该信息可以包括第三接入网设备管理的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识,也可以包括不属于第三接入网设备管理且小区标识包括第三接入网设备的标识的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。第四接入网设备接收到来自第三接入网设备的该信息之后,可以根据第三接入网设备发送的信息来生成第一辅助信息,并向核心网设备发送第一辅助信息。相应地,核心网设备可以通过第四接入网设备接收第一辅助信息。其中,第四接入网设备与核心网设备具有相同的制式。例如,核心网设备和第四接入网设备对应的制式为LTE,第三接入网设备对应的制式为NR。再例如,核心网设备和第四接入网设备对应的制式为NR,第三接入网设备对应的制式为LTE。应理解,上述举例只是 对不同制式的示例性说明,并不对制式构成限定。例如,上述任一制式也可以为6G。In one case, when the standards of the access network device and the core network device are different, the access network device and the core network device cannot communicate directly, and it is necessary to use the access network device of the same standard as the core network device. to communicate. Therefore, when the standards of the third access network device and the core network device are different, the third access network device may send the first auxiliary information to the core network device through the fourth access network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may receive the first assistance information from the third access network device through the fourth access network device. Wherein, the fourth access network device and the core network device have the same standard. In another case, when the standards of the access network equipment and the core network equipment are different, the access network equipment and the core network equipment cannot communicate directly, and the information can be sent to the access network equipment that communicates directly with the core network equipment. The access network device generates auxiliary information and sends it to the core network device. For example, the third access network device may send information to the fourth access network device. For example, the information may include the cell identity or global cell identity of the cell managed by the third access network device, or may include the cell identity of the cell that is not managed by the third access network device and whose cell identity includes the identity of the third access network device. Cell identity or global cell identity. After receiving the information from the third access network device, the fourth access network device may generate the first auxiliary information according to the information sent by the third access network device, and send the first auxiliary information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may receive the first assistance information through the fourth access network device. Wherein, the fourth access network device and the core network device have the same standard. For example, the standard corresponding to the core network device and the fourth access network device is LTE, and the standard corresponding to the third access network device is NR. For another example, the standard corresponding to the core network device and the fourth access network device is NR, and the standard corresponding to the third access network device is LTE. It should be understood that the above examples are only illustrative descriptions of different formats, and do not limit the formats. For example, any of the above-mentioned systems may be 6G.
核心网设备根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定出第二接入网设备之后,可以向第一接入网设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第二接入网设备;也可以向第一接入网设备发送第一标识或第一标识的长度。第一接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第一指示信息、第一标识或第一标识的长度之后,可以与第二接入网设备进行通信。After the core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device, it can send the first indication information to the first access network device. It is used to indicate the second access network device; it can also send the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device. After receiving the first indication information, the first identifier or the length of the first identifier from the core network device, the first access network device may communicate with the second access network device.
下面的应用场景为获取第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。The following application scenario is to obtain information used by the second access network device to establish a control plane interface.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图7,图7是本申请实施例公开的另一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图7所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 7 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the communication method may include the following steps.
701、接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息。701. The access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
接入网设备在与核心网设备建立连接的过程中或建立连接之后,可以向核心网设备发送辅助信息。其中,辅助信息的详细描述可以参考步骤601-步骤602中的相关描述。The access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device during or after the connection is established with the core network device. For the detailed description of the auxiliary information, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in steps 601 to 602 .
接入网设备可以通过一个消息向核心网设备发送辅助信息。这个消息可以包括辅助信息。这个消息可以为控制面接口建立请求消息,比如NG setup request消息。这个消息也可以为控制面接口更新消息,比如RAN configuration update消息。The access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device through a message. This message may include auxiliary information. This message can be a control plane interface setup request message, such as the NG setup request message. This message may also be a control plane interface update message, such as a RAN configuration update message.
相应地,核心网设备接收来自接入网设备的辅助信息,之后可以根据辅助信息确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,以及可以存储该对应关系,以便后续可以调用。其中,对应关系的详细描述可以参考步骤602中的相关描述。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the auxiliary information from the access network device, and then can determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information, and can store the corresponding relationship so that it can be called later. For a detailed description of the corresponding relationship, reference may be made to the relevant description in step 602 .
702、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。702. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
第一接入网设备发现目标小区之后,可以先判断目标小区是否为第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者目标小区是否属于邻小区列表中的小区,当判断出目标小区不是第一接入网设备管理的小区,或目标小区不属于邻小区列表中的小区时,如果第一接入网设备需要与目标小区对应的第二接入网建立控制面接口,则第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送一个消息,这个消息可以包括目标小区的信息。这个消息可以用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息。After the first access network device discovers the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a cell in the neighbor cell list, when it is determined that the target cell is not the first access network device. If the first access network device needs to establish a control plane interface with the second access network corresponding to the target cell when the cell managed by the network device or the target cell does not belong to the cell in the neighbor cell list, the first access network device can Send a message to the core network device, the message may include information of the target cell. This message can be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface.
这个消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的标识和第一接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。从而管理目标小区的接入网设备知道是要和第一接入网设备建立控制面接口,以及第一接入网设备的用于建立控制面接口的信息。This message may also include the identity of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish the control plane interface. Therefore, the access network device that manages the target cell knows that the control plane interface is to be established with the first access network device, and the information of the first access network device for establishing the control plane interface.
在这个消息必须包括第二接入网设备的标识的情况下,这个消息还可以包括第二接入网设备的标识。此时,这个消息还需要包括一个指示信息,这个指示信息可以指示核心网设备忽略这个消息包括的第二接入网设备的标识,可以避免核心网设备直接将这个标识确定为第二接入网设备的标识。此处的第二接入网设备的标识并不是真正的第二接入网设备的标识,只是由于协议等原因(比如兼容性)需要这个消息必须包括目标接入网设备的标识,因此,第一接入网设备随便确定的一个标识作为目标接入网设备的标识。In the case that the message must include the identity of the second access network device, the message may also include the identity of the second access network device. At this time, the message also needs to include an indication information, which can instruct the core network device to ignore the identifier of the second access network device included in the message, which can prevent the core network device from directly determining the identifier as the second access network device. The identification of the device. The identifier of the second access network device here is not the identifier of the real second access network device, but the message must include the identifier of the target access network device due to reasons such as protocols (such as compatibility). An identifier arbitrarily determined by an access network device is used as the identifier of the target access network device.
这个消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的选择TAI和第二接入网设备的选择TAI,从而便于在不同的核心网或不同的PLMN之间确定接入网设备。This message may also include the selected TAI of the first access network device and the selected TAI of the second access network device, thereby facilitating the determination of access network devices between different core networks or different PLMNs.
为了第二接入网设备需要与第一接入网设备管理的小区进行通信时,第二接入网设备 不需要核心网设备根据第一接入网设备管理的小区的标识获取第一接入网设备的标识,第二接入网设备可以直接确定第一接入网设备管理的小区是由第一接入网设备管理,从而确定确定第一接入网设备的标识,这个消息还可以包括第一接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。为了第二接入网设备需要与第一接入网设备的相邻接入网设备管理的小区进行通信时,第二接入网设备不需要核心网设备根据该相邻接入网设备管理的小区的标识获取该相邻接入网设备的标识,第二接入网设备可以直接确定该相邻接入网设备管理的小区是由该相邻接入网设备管理,从而确定确定该相邻接入网设备的标识,这个消息还可以包括第一接入网设备相邻接入网设备的标识及第一接入网设备相邻接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。In order for the second access network device to communicate with the cell managed by the first access network device, the second access network device does not need the core network device to obtain the first access network device according to the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device The second access network device can directly determine that the cell managed by the first access network device is managed by the first access network device, so as to determine the identification of the first access network device. This message may also include Identification information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device. In order for the second access network device to communicate with a cell managed by an adjacent access network device of the first access network device, the second access network device does not need the core network device to The identity of the cell obtains the identity of the adjacent access network device, and the second access network device can directly determine that the cell managed by the adjacent access network device is managed by the adjacent access network device, so as to determine the adjacent access network device. The identification of the access network device, the message may also include the identification of the adjacent access network device of the first access network device and the identification information of the cell corresponding to the adjacent access network device of the first access network device.
这个消息可以为uplink RAN configuration transfer消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。This message can be an uplink RAN configuration transfer message or other messages, which are not limited here.
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
703、核心网设备根据目标小区的信息和小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备。703. The core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
举例说明,假设图5中的接入网设备3为第一接入网设备,接入网设备2为第二接入网设备。核心网设备可以根据接入网设备1-接入网设备3上报的辅助信息确定的对应关系,以及目标小区的信息确定第二接入网设备。For example, it is assumed that the access network device 3 in FIG. 5 is the first access network device, and the access network device 2 is the second access network device. The core network device may determine the second access network device according to the corresponding relationship determined by the auxiliary information reported by the access network device 1 - the access network device 3 and the information of the target cell.
其中,步骤703的其它相关描述可以参考步骤602中确定第二接入网设备的描述。For other related descriptions of step 703, reference may be made to the description of determining the second access network device in step 602.
704、核心网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一请求消息。704. The core network device sends the first request message to the second access network device.
核心网设备根据目标小区的信息和小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定出第二接入网设备之后,可以向第二接入网设备发送第一请求消息。第一请求消息可以用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息。After determining the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the core network device may send the first request message to the second access network device. The first request message may be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface.
第一请求消息可以包括第一接入网设备的标识和第一接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。第一请求消息还可以包括第二接入网设备管理的目标小区的标识,从而便于第二接入网设备进一步确定该请求是针对第二接入网设备的。第一请求消息还可以包括第二接入网设备的标识。第一请求消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的选择TAI和第二接入网设备的选择TAI。第一请求消息还可以包括第一接入网设备管理的小区的标识。第一请求消息可以为downlink RAN configuration update消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。The first request message may include an identifier of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish a control plane interface. The first request message may further include the identifier of the target cell managed by the second access network device, so that the second access network device can further determine that the request is for the second access network device. The first request message may further include the identifier of the second access network device. The first request message may further include the selection TAI of the first access network device and the selection TAI of the second access network device. The first request message may further include an identifier of a cell managed by the first access network device. The first request message may be a downlink RAN configuration update message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
相应地,第二接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第一请求消息。Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the first request message from the core network device.
705、第二接入网设备向核心网设备发送第一响应消息。705. The second access network device sends a first response message to the core network device.
第二接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第一请求消息之后,可以根据第一请求消息确定第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息,之后可以向核心网设备发送第一响应消息。第一响应消息可以包括第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。After receiving the first request message from the core network device, the second access network device may determine the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface according to the first request message, and then may send the first request message to the core network device. response message. The first response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
为了第一接入网设备需要与第二接入网设备管理的小区进行通信时,第一接入网设备不需要核心网设备根据第二接入网设备管理的小区的标识获取第二接入网设备的标识,第一接入网设备可以直接确定第二接入网设备管理的小区是由第二接入网设备管理,从而确定确定第二接入网设备的标识,这个消息还可以包括第二接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。为了第一接入网设备需要与第二接入网设备的相邻接入网设备管理的小区进行通信时,第一接入网设备不需要核心网设备根据该相邻接入网设备管理的小区的标识获取该相邻接 入网设备的标识,第一接入网设备可以直接确定该相邻接入网设备管理的小区是由该相邻接入网设备管理,从而确定确定该相邻接入网设备的标识,这个消息还可以包括第二接入网设备相邻接入网设备的标识及第二接入网设备相邻接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。In order for the first access network device to communicate with the cell managed by the second access network device, the first access network device does not need the core network device to obtain the second access network device according to the identity of the cell managed by the second access network device The first access network device can directly determine that the cell managed by the second access network device is managed by the second access network device, so as to determine the identity of the second access network device. This message may also include Identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device. In order for the first access network device to communicate with a cell managed by an adjacent access network device of the second access network device, the first access network device does not need the core network device to The identity of the cell obtains the identity of the adjacent access network device, and the first access network device can directly determine that the cell managed by the adjacent access network device is managed by the adjacent access network device, so as to determine the adjacent access network device. The identity of the access network device, this message may also include the identity of the adjacent access network device of the second access network device and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the adjacent access network device of the second access network device.
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第一响应消息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the first response message from the second access network device.
706、核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送第二响应消息。706. The core network device sends a second response message to the first access network device.
核心网设备接收到来自第二接入网设备的第一响应消息之后,可以向第一接入网设备发送第二响应消息。第二响应消息可以包括第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。第二响应消息还可以包括第二接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息,第二接入网设备相邻接入网设备的标识及第二接入网设备相邻接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。After receiving the first response message from the second access network device, the core network device may send the second response message to the first access network device. The second response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface. The second response message may further include the identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device, the identification of the adjacent access network device of the second access network device, and the cell corresponding to the adjacent access network device of the second access network device identification information.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第二响应消息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the second response message from the core network device.
707、第一接入网设备根据第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息与第二接入网设备建立控制面接口。707. The first access network device establishes a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
第一接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第二响应消息之后,可以根据第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息与第二接入网设备建立控制面接口。其中,第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备建立控制面接口的流程可以经过核心网设备,也可以不经过核心网设备。After receiving the second response message from the core network device, the first access network device may establish a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface. The process of establishing a control plane interface between the first access network device and the second access network device may pass through the core network device, or may not pass through the core network device.
控制面接口可以为Xn接口,也可以为X2接口。例如,在控制面接口为Xn接口的情况下,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送Xn建立请求消息,该消息可以包括第一接入网设备的标识和第一接入网设备管理的小区的标识。第二接入网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的Xn建立请求消息之后,可以向第一接入网设备发送Xn建立响应消息,该消息可以包括第二接入网设备的标识和第二接入网设备管理的小区的标识。The control plane interface may be an Xn interface or an X2 interface. For example, when the control plane interface is an Xn interface, the first access network device may send an Xn establishment request message to the second access network device, where the message may include the identifier of the first access network device and the first access network device. The identity of the cell managed by the network device. After receiving the Xn establishment request message from the first access network device, the second access network device may send an Xn establishment response message to the first access network device, where the message may include the identifier of the second access network device and the first access network device. 2. The identifier of the cell managed by the access network device.
Xn建立请求消息不仅可以包括第一接入网设备的标识、第一接入网设备管理的小区的标识以及各个小区的相邻小区的标识,而且还可以包括各小区的相邻小区对应接入网设备(称为相邻接入网设备)的标识或相邻接入网设备的标识的长度。例如,可以包括每个相邻小区对应接入网设备的标识或该相邻接入网设备的标识的长度,也可以包括自身接入网设备的相邻接入网设备的标识或该相邻接入网设备的标识的长度,以及该相邻接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。因此,两个接入网设备可以获取到对端相邻小区对应的接入网设备的标识或接入网设备的标识的长度,以便在下次针对对端相邻小区无需采用以上流程,可以直接根据相邻小区的标识获得相邻小区对应的接入网设备的标识。The Xn establishment request message may not only include the identity of the first access network device, the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device, and the identity of the adjacent cells of each cell, but also the corresponding access to the adjacent cells of each cell. The identity of the network device (called the adjacent access network device) or the length of the identity of the adjacent access network device. For example, it may include the identity of the access network device corresponding to each adjacent cell or the length of the identity of the adjacent access network device, or the identity of the adjacent access network device of its own access network device or the identity of the adjacent access network device. The length of the identity of the access network device, and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the adjacent access network device. Therefore, the two access network devices can obtain the identity of the access network device corresponding to the adjacent cell of the opposite end or the length of the identity of the access network device, so that the above process does not need to be used for the adjacent cell of the opposite end next time, and can directly The identity of the access network device corresponding to the adjacent cell is obtained according to the identity of the adjacent cell.
应理解,在步骤704中的第一请求消息包括第一接入网设备的标识的情况下,第二接入网设备也可以不经过核心网设备,直接向第一接入网设备发送第一响应消息。It should be understood that in the case where the first request message in step 704 includes the identifier of the first access network device, the second access network device may also directly send the first access network device to the first access network device without going through the core network device. response message.
应理解,在接入网设备对应的辅助信息不变的情况下,接入网设备只需要向核心网设备上报一次辅助信息即可。It should be understood that under the condition that the auxiliary information corresponding to the access network device remains unchanged, the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once.
下面的应用场景为终端设备切换至目标小区。The following application scenario is that the terminal device is handed over to the target cell.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图8,图8是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图8所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , the communication method may include the following steps.
801、接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息。801. The access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
其中,步骤801的详细描述可以参考步骤701的描述。The detailed description of step 801 may refer to the description of step 701 .
802、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。802. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
第一接入网设备发现目标小区之后或第一接入网设备确定需要切换终端设备到目标小区,可以先判断目标小区是否为第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者目标小区是否属于邻小区列表中的小区,当判断出目标小区不是第一接入网设备管理的小区,或目标小区不属于邻小区列表中的小区时,如果第一接入网设备需要切换终端设备到目标小区对应的第二接入网设备,则第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送一个消息,这个消息可以包括目标小区的信息。这个消息可以用于请求终端设备切换至目标小区。After the first access network device discovers the target cell or the first access network device determines that the terminal device needs to be switched to the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a neighboring cell For the cells in the list, when it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first access network device, or the target cell does not belong to a cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device needs to switch the terminal device to the cell corresponding to the target cell. The second access network device, the first access network device may send a message to the core network device, and the message may include information of the target cell. This message can be used to request the terminal device to handover to the target cell.
此外,这个消息还可以包括第一配置信息,第一配置信息可以为第一接入网设备为终端设备配置的资源信息。资源信息可以为RRC资源配置,也可以为其它资源配置,在此不作限定。In addition, the message may further include first configuration information, and the first configuration information may be resource information configured by the first access network device for the terminal device. The resource information may be RRC resource configuration or other resource configuration, which is not limited here.
这个消息还可以包括第一接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。这个消息还可以包括第二接入网设备的标识。此时,这个消息还需要包括一个指示信息,这个指示信息可以指示核心网设备忽略这个消息包括的第二接入网设备的标识,可以避免核心网设备直接将这个标识确定为第二接入网设备的标识。此处的第二接入网设备的标识并不是真正的第二接入网设备的标识,只是由于协议等原因(比如兼容性)需要这个消息必须包括目标接入网设备的标识,因此,第一接入网设备随便确定的一个标识作为目标接入网设备的标识。这个消息可以为切换需求(handover required)消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。The message may also include identification information of the cell corresponding to the first access network device. This message may also include the identity of the second access network device. At this time, the message also needs to include an indication information, which can instruct the core network device to ignore the identifier of the second access network device included in the message, which can prevent the core network device from directly determining the identifier as the second access network device. The identification of the device. The identifier of the second access network device here is not the identifier of the real second access network device, but the message must include the identifier of the target access network device due to reasons such as protocols (such as compatibility). An identifier arbitrarily determined by an access network device is used as the identifier of the target access network device. This message may be a handover required (handover required) message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
这个消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的相邻接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。The message may also include identification information of cells corresponding to the adjacent access network devices of the first access network device.
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
803、核心网设备根据目标小区的信息和小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备。803. The core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
其中,步骤803的其它相关描述可以参考步骤602中确定第二接入网设备的描述。For other related descriptions of step 803, reference may be made to the description of determining the second access network device in step 602.
804、核心网设备向第二接入网设备发送第二请求消息。804. The core network device sends a second request message to the second access network device.
核心网设备根据目标小区的信息和小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定出第二接入网设备之后,可以向第二接入网设备发送第二请求消息。第二请求消息用于请求终端设备切换至目标小区。第二请求消息可以包括目标小区的信息。第二请求消息还可以包括第一配置信息。第二请求消息还可以包括第一接入网设备管理的小区的标识。第二请求消息可以为切换需求消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。After determining the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the core network device may send a second request message to the second access network device. The second request message is used to request the terminal device to switch to the target cell. The second request message may include information of the target cell. The second request message may also include the first configuration information. The second request message may further include the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device. The second request message may be a handover requirement message, or may be other messages, which are not limited herein.
相应地,目标接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第二请求消息。Correspondingly, the target access network device receives the second request message from the core network device.
805、第二接入网设备向核心网设备发送第三响应消息。805. The second access network device sends a third response message to the core network device.
第二接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第二请求消息之后,可以根据第二请求消息为终端设备配置第二配置信息,之后可以向核心网设备发送第三响应消息。第三响应消息可以包括第二配置信息,第二配置信息为第二接入网设备为终端设备配置的配置信息。第三响应消息还可以包括第二接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。第三响应消息还可以包括第二接入网设备相邻接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。第三响应消息可以为切换请求确认(handover request acknowledge)消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。After receiving the second request message from the core network device, the second access network device may configure second configuration information for the terminal device according to the second request message, and then may send a third response message to the core network device. The third response message may include second configuration information, where the second configuration information is configuration information configured by the second access network device for the terminal device. The third response message may further include identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device. The third response message may further include identification information of cells corresponding to the adjacent access network devices of the second access network device. The third response message may be a handover request acknowledgement (handover request acknowledge) message, or may be other messages, which are not limited herein.
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第三响应消息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the third response message from the second access network device.
806、核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送第四响应消息。806. The core network device sends a fourth response message to the first access network device.
核心网设备接收到来自第二接入网设备的第三响应消息之后,可以向第一接入网设备发送第四响应消息。第四响应消息可以包括第二配置信息。第四响应消息还可以包括第二接入网设备的标识。第四响应消息还可以包括第二接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。第四响应消息还可以包括第二接入网设备相邻接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。After receiving the third response message from the second access network device, the core network device may send a fourth response message to the first access network device. The fourth response message may include second configuration information. The fourth response message may further include the identification of the second access network device. The fourth response message may further include identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device. The fourth response message may further include identification information of cells corresponding to the adjacent access network devices of the second access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第四响应消息。之后第一接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第二配置信息,以便终端设备可以根据第二配置信息切换至目标小区。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the fourth response message from the core network device. Afterwards, the first access network device can send the second configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can switch to the target cell according to the second configuration information.
应理解,在步骤804中的第二请求消息包括第一接入网设备的标识的情况下,第二接入网设备也可以不经过核心网设备,直接向第一接入网设备发送第三响应消息。It should be understood that in the case where the second request message in step 804 includes the identifier of the first access network device, the second access network device may also directly send the third access network device to the first access network device without going through the core network device. response message.
应理解,在接入网设备对应的辅助信息不变的情况下,接入网设备只需要向核心网设备上报一次辅助信息即可。It should be understood that under the condition that the auxiliary information corresponding to the access network device remains unchanged, the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once.
下面的应用场景为第一接入网设备先从核心网设备获取第二接入网设备的信息,之后获取第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息或终端设备切换至目标小区。The following application scenario is that the first access network device first obtains the information of the second access network device from the core network device, and then obtains the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface or the terminal device switches to the target cell.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图9,图9是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图9所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication method may include the following steps.
901、接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息。901. The access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
其中,步骤901的详细描述可以参考步骤701的描述。The detailed description of step 901 may refer to the description of step 701 .
902、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。902. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
第一接入网设备发现目标小区之后或者第一接入网设备确定需要切换终端设备至目标小区,可以先判断目标小区是否为第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者目标小区是否属于邻小区列表中的小区,当判断出目标小区不是第一接入网设备管理的小区,或目标小区不属于邻小区列表中的小区时,如果第一接入网设备需要与目标小区对应的第二接入网建立控制面接口,则第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送一个消息,这个消息可以包括目标小区的信息。这个消息用于请求第二接入网设备的信息。第二接入网设备的信息可以为第二接入网设备的标识,也可以为第二接入网设备的标识的长度。After the first access network device discovers the target cell or the first access network device determines that the terminal device needs to be switched to the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a neighboring cell For cells in the list, when it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first access network device, or the target cell does not belong to a cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device needs a second access network corresponding to the target cell After accessing the network and establishing a control plane interface, the first access network device may send a message to the core network device, and the message may include information of the target cell. This message is used to request information of the second access network device. The information of the second access network device may be the identifier of the second access network device, or may be the length of the identifier of the second access network device.
903、核心网设备根据目标小区的信息和小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备。903. The core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
其中,步骤903的其它相关描述可以参考步骤602中确定第二接入网设备的描述。For other related descriptions of step 903, reference may be made to the description of determining the second access network device in step 602.
904、核心网设备向第一接入网设备指示第一标识或第一标识的长度。904. The core network device indicates the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device.
核心网设备根据目标小区的信息和小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定出第二接入网设备之后,可以向核心网设备指示或发送第一标识或第一标识的长度。第一标识的详细描述可以参考步骤602中的相关描述。After determining the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the core network device may indicate or send the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the core network device. For a detailed description of the first identifier, reference may be made to the relevant description in step 602 .
核心网设备可以通过一个消息向第一接入网设备发送或指示第一标识或第一标识的长度。在一种情况下,这个消息可以包括第一标识或第一标识的长度。在另一种情况下,这个消息可以包括指示信息,该指示信息可以用于指示第一标识或第一标识的长度。这个消息还可以包括第二接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息,从而后续第一接入网设备需要和第二接入网设备管理的小区进行通信时就无需再进行以上流程,可以直接获知目标小区是由第二接入网设备管理的。核心网设备具体通过哪种方式,可以根据它们所用的开销来确定。The core network device may send or indicate the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device through a message. In one case, this message may include the first identification or the length of the first identification. In another case, this message may include indication information, which may be used to indicate the first identification or the length of the first identification. This message may also include the identification information of the cell corresponding to the second access network device, so that when the first access network device needs to communicate with the cell managed by the second access network device, it is not necessary to perform the above process, and can be directly informed The target cell is managed by the second access network device. Which mode the core network devices use can be determined according to the overhead they use.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第一标识或第一标识的长度。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the first identifier or the length of the first identifier from the core network device.
905、第一接入网设备从第二接入网设备获取第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息,或发起终端设备切换至目标小区的流程。905. The first access network device acquires information used by the second access network device to establish a control plane interface from the second access network device, or initiates a process of switching the terminal device to the target cell.
第一接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第一标识或第一标识的长度之后,或者根据指示信息确定第一标识或第一标识的长度之后,可以根据第一标识从第二接入网设备获取第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息,也可以发起终端设备切换至目标小区的流程。第一接入网设备从第二接入网设备获取第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息的流程可以如图3所示,也可以不经过核心网设备,直接从第二接入网设备获取,之后可以根据第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息与第二接入网设备建立控制面接口。例如,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送用于获取第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息的消息;第二接入网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的这个消息之后,可以向第一接入网设备发送第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。After the first access network device receives the first identifier or the length of the first identifier from the core network device, or after determining the first identifier or the length of the first identifier according to the indication information, it can access the device from the second access network according to the first identifier. The network device acquires the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface, and may also initiate a process of switching the terminal device to the target cell. The process for the first access network device to obtain the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface from the second access network device may be as shown in FIG. The network access device acquires, and then can establish a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface. For example, the first access network device may send a message for acquiring information used by the second access network device to establish a control plane interface to the second access network device; the second access network device receives information from the first access network device. After this message of the network device, the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface may be sent to the first access network device.
第一接入网设备根据第一标识发起终端设备切换至目标小区的流程,可以如图4所示,也可以不经过核心网设备直接进行切换。The process for the first access network device to initiate handover of the terminal device to the target cell according to the first identifier may be as shown in FIG. 4 , or may be directly handed over without going through the core network device.
在第一接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第一标识的长度的情况下,第一接入网设备可以先根据第一标识的长度以及目标小区的信息,确定第一标识。第一接入网设备可以根据第一标识的长度以及目标小区的小区标识确定第一标识。第一接入网设备可以将目标小区的小区标识中处于前面的第一标识的长度的信息确定为第一标识。When the first access network device receives the length of the first identifier from the core network device, the first access network device may first determine the first identifier according to the length of the first identifier and the information of the target cell. The first access network device may determine the first identifier according to the length of the first identifier and the cell identifier of the target cell. The first access network device may determine the information of the length of the first first identifier that is in front of the cell identifier of the target cell as the first identifier.
应理解,在接入网设备对应的辅助信息不变的情况下,接入网设备只需要向核心网设备上报一次辅助信息即可。It should be understood that in the case where the auxiliary information corresponding to the access network device remains unchanged, the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once.
下面的应用场景为EN-DC场景。The following application scenarios are EN-DC scenarios.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图10,图10是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图10所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 10 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the communication method may include the following steps.
第一接入网设备、核心网设备和第四接入网设备对应的制式为第一制式,第二接入网设备对应的制式为第二制式。The standard corresponding to the first access network device, the core network device, and the fourth access network device is the first standard, and the standard corresponding to the second access network device is the second standard.
1001、第二接入网设备与第四接入网设备建立EN-DC接口。1001. A second access network device establishes an EN-DC interface with a fourth access network device.
其中,步骤1001的详细描述可以参考图4对应的相关描述。The detailed description of step 1001 may refer to the relevant description corresponding to FIG. 4 .
第四接入网设备与第二接入网设备建立EN-DC接口之后,可以向核心网设备发送通知信息,该通知信息可以用于通知核心网设备第二接入网设备与第四接入网设备建立了EN-DC接口。After the fourth access network device establishes the EN-DC interface with the second access network device, notification information may be sent to the core network device, and the notification information may be used to notify the core network device of the second access network device and the fourth access network device. The network equipment has established an EN-DC interface.
1002、接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息。1002. The access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
在接入网设备与核心网设备的制式相同的情况下,接入网设备可以直接向核心网设备发送辅助信息。例如,第一接入网设备和第四接入网设备可以直接向核心网设备发送辅助信息。相应地,核心网设备可以直接接收到来自第一接入网设备和第四接入网设备发送的对应的辅助信息。In the case that the standards of the access network device and the core network device are the same, the access network device may directly send auxiliary information to the core network device. For example, the first access network device and the fourth access network device may directly send auxiliary information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may directly receive the corresponding auxiliary information sent from the first access network device and the fourth access network device.
在一种情况下,在接入网设备与核心网设备的制式不同的情况下,接入网设备与核心网设备无法直接进行通信,可以通过能够直接与核心网设备进行通信的接入网设备向核心 网设备发送辅助信息。例如,当第二接入网设备需要向核心网设备发送辅助信息时,第二接入网设备可以通过第四接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息,即第二接入网设备可以先向第四接入网设备发送辅助信息,第四接入网设备接收到该辅助信息之后,可以向核心网设备发送该辅助信息。相应地,核心网设备可以通过第四接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的该辅助信息。在另一种情况下,在接入网设备与核心网设备的制式不同的情况下,接入网设备与核心网设备无法直接进行通信,可以将信息发送给直接与核心网设备进行通信的接入网设备,再由这个接入网设备生成辅助信息发送给核心网设备。例如,第二接入网设备可以向第四接入网设备发送信息。例如,该信息可以包括第二接入网设备管理的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识,也可以包括不属于第二接入网设备管理且小区标识包括第二接入网设备的标识的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。第四接入网设备接收到来自第二接入网设备的该信息之后,可以根据第二接入网设备发送的该信息生成第一辅助信息,之后可以向核心网设备发送第一辅助信息。相应地,核心网设备可以通过第四接入网设备接收第一辅助信息。In one case, when the standards of the access network equipment and the core network equipment are different, the access network equipment and the core network equipment cannot communicate directly, and the access network equipment that can directly communicate with the core network equipment can be used. Send auxiliary information to core network equipment. For example, when the second access network device needs to send auxiliary information to the core network device, the second access network device may send the auxiliary information to the core network device through the fourth access network device, that is, the second access network device may first send the auxiliary information to the core network device. The auxiliary information is sent to the fourth access network device, and after receiving the auxiliary information, the fourth access network device may send the auxiliary information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may receive the auxiliary information from the second access network device through the fourth access network device. In another case, when the standards of the access network equipment and the core network equipment are different, the access network equipment and the core network equipment cannot communicate directly, and the information can be sent to the access network equipment that communicates directly with the core network equipment. The access network device generates auxiliary information and sends it to the core network device. For example, the second access network device may send information to the fourth access network device. For example, the information may include the cell identity or global cell identity of the cell managed by the second access network device, or may include the cell identity of the cell that is not managed by the second access network device and whose cell identity includes the identity of the second access network device. Cell identity or global cell identity. After receiving the information from the second access network device, the fourth access network device can generate the first auxiliary information according to the information sent by the second access network device, and then can send the first auxiliary information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may receive the first assistance information through the fourth access network device.
其中,辅助信息的详细描述可以参考步骤601-步骤602中的相关描述。For the detailed description of the auxiliary information, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in steps 601 to 602 .
相应地,核心网设备接收来自接入网设备的辅助信息,之后可以根据辅助信息确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,以及可以存储该对应关系,以便后续可以调用。其中,对应关系的详细描述可以参考步骤602中的相关描述。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the auxiliary information from the access network device, and then can determine the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device according to the auxiliary information, and can store the corresponding relationship so that it can be called later. For a detailed description of the corresponding relationship, reference may be made to the relevant description in step 602 .
1003、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。1003. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
第一接入网设备发现目标小区之后,可以先判断目标小区是否为第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者目标小区是否属于邻小区列表中的小区,当判断出目标小区不是第一接入网设备管理的小区,或目标小区不属于邻小区列表中的小区时,如果第一接入网设备需要与目标小区对应的第二接入网建立控制面接口,则第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送一个消息,这个消息可以包括目标小区的信息。这个消息可以用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息。After the first access network device discovers the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a cell in the neighbor cell list, when it is determined that the target cell is not the first access network device. If the first access network device needs to establish a control plane interface with the second access network corresponding to the target cell when the cell managed by the network device or the target cell does not belong to the cell in the neighbor cell list, the first access network device can Send a message to the core network device, the message may include the information of the target cell. This message can be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface.
这个消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的标识和第一接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。在这个消息必须包括第二接入网设备的标识的情况下,这个消息还可以包括第二接入网设备的标识。此时,这个消息还需要包括一个指示信息,这个指示信息可以指示核心网设备忽略这个消息包括的第二接入网设备的标识,可以避免核心网设备直接将这个标识确定为第二接入网设备的标识。这个消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的选择TAI和第二接入网设备的选择TAI。这个消息还可以包括第一接入网设备管理的小区的标识。This message may also include the identity of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish the control plane interface. In the case that the message must include the identity of the second access network device, the message may also include the identity of the second access network device. At this time, the message also needs to include an indication information, which can instruct the core network device to ignore the identifier of the second access network device included in the message, which can prevent the core network device from directly determining the identifier as the second access network device. The identification of the device. This message may also include the selected TAI of the first access network device and the selected TAI of the second access network device. This message may also include the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device.
这个消息可以为eNB configuration transfer消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。This message can be the eNB configuration transfer message or other messages, which are not limited here.
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
1004、核心网设备根据目标小区的信息和小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备。1004. The core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
其中,步骤1004的其它相关描述可以参考步骤602中确定第二接入网设备的描述。For other related descriptions of step 1004, reference may be made to the description of determining the second access network device in step 602.
1005、核心网设备向第四接入网设备发送第三请求消息。1005. The core network device sends a third request message to the fourth access network device.
核心网设备根据目标小区的信息和小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定出第二接入网设备之后,可以根据上述通知信息确定第二接入网设备与第四接入网设备建立了 EN-DC接口。之后核心网设备可以向第四接入网设备发送第三请求消息,第三请求消息可以用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息。第三请求消息可以包括第一接入网设备的标识和第一接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。第三请求消息还可以包括第二接入网设备的标识。第三请求消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的选择TAI和第二接入网设备的选择TAI。第三请求消息还可以包括第一接入网设备管理的小区的标识。第三请求消息可以为MME configuration transfer消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。After the core network device determines the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device, it can determine the second access network device and the fourth access network device according to the above notification information The EN-DC interface is established. Afterwards, the core network device may send a third request message to the fourth access network device, where the third request message may be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface. The third request message may include an identifier of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish a control plane interface. The third request message may further include the identification of the second access network device. The third request message may further include the selection TAI of the first access network device and the selection TAI of the second access network device. The third request message may further include the identity of the cell managed by the first access network device. The third request message may be an MME configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
相应地,第四接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第三请求消息。Correspondingly, the fourth access network device receives the third request message from the core network device.
1006、第四接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第四请求消息。1006. The fourth access network device sends a fourth request message to the second access network device.
第四接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第三请求消息之后,向第二接入网设备发送第四请求消息,第四请求消息用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息。第四请求消息可以包括第一接入网设备的标识和第一接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。第四请求消息还可以包括第二接入网设备的标识。第四请求消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的选择TAI和第二接入网设备的选择TAI。第四请求消息可以为EN-DC configuration transfer消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。After receiving the third request message from the core network device, the fourth access network device sends a fourth request message to the second access network device, where the fourth request message is used to request information for establishing a control plane interface. The fourth request message may include an identifier of the first access network device and information used by the first access network device to establish a control plane interface. The fourth request message may further include the identifier of the second access network device. The fourth request message may further include the selection TAI of the first access network device and the selection TAI of the second access network device. The fourth request message may be an EN-DC configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
相应地,第二接入网设备接收来自第四接入网设备的第四请求消息。Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the fourth request message from the fourth access network device.
1007、第二接入网设备向第四接入网设备发送第五响应消息。1007. The second access network device sends a fifth response message to the fourth access network device.
第二接入网设备接收到来自第四接入网设备的第四请求消息之后,可以根据第四请求消息确定第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息,之后可以向第四接入网设备发送第五响应消息。第五响应消息可以包括第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。第五响应消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的标识和第二接入网设备的标识。第五响应消息可以为EN-DC configuration transfer消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。After receiving the fourth request message from the fourth access network device, the second access network device can determine the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface according to the fourth request message, and then can send the fourth request message to the fourth access network device. The network access device sends a fifth response message. The fifth response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface. The fifth response message may further include the identity of the first access network device and the identity of the second access network device. The fifth response message may be an EN-DC configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
相应地,第四接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第五响应消息。Correspondingly, the fourth access network device receives the fifth response message from the second access network device.
1008、第四接入网设备向核心网设备发送第六响应消息。1008. The fourth access network device sends a sixth response message to the core network device.
第四接入网设备接收到来自第二接入网设备的第五响应消息之后,可以向核心网设备发送第六响应消息。第六响应消息可以包括第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。第六响应消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的标识和第二接入网设备的标识。第六响应消息可以为eNB configuration transfer消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。After receiving the fifth response message from the second access network device, the fourth access network device may send the sixth response message to the core network device. The sixth response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface. The sixth response message may further include the identity of the first access network device and the identity of the second access network device. The sixth response message may be the eNB configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第四接入网设备的第六响应消息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the sixth response message from the fourth access network device.
1009、核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送第七响应消息。1009. The core network device sends a seventh response message to the first access network device.
核心网设备接收到来自第四接入网设备的第六响应消息之后,可以向第一接入网设备发送第七响应消息。第七响应消息可以包括第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。第七响应消息还可以包括第一接入网设备的标识和第二接入网设备的标识。第七响应消息可以为MME configuration transfer消息,也可以为其它消息,在此不加限定。After receiving the sixth response message from the fourth access network device, the core network device may send the seventh response message to the first access network device. The seventh response message may include information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface. The seventh response message may further include the identity of the first access network device and the identity of the second access network device. The seventh response message may be the MME configuration transfer message, or may be other messages, which are not limited here.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第七响应消息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the seventh response message from the core network device.
1010、第一接入网设备根据第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息与第二接入网设备建立控制面接口。1010. The first access network device establishes a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface.
第一接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第七响应消息之后,可以根据第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息与第二接入网设备建立控制面接口。详细的描述可以参考步 骤707。After receiving the seventh response message from the core network device, the first access network device may establish a control plane interface with the second access network device according to the information used by the second access network device to establish the control plane interface. The detailed description can refer to step 707.
应理解,在步骤1006中的第四请求消息包括第一接入网设备的标识的情况下,第二接入网设备也可以不经过核心网设备,直接向第一接入网设备发送第五响应消息。It should be understood that in the case where the fourth request message in step 1006 includes the identifier of the first access network device, the second access network device may also directly send the fifth access network device to the first access network device without going through the core network device. response message.
应理解,在接入网设备对应的辅助信息不变的情况下,接入网设备只需要向核心网设备上报一次辅助信息即可。It should be understood that in the case where the auxiliary information corresponding to the access network device remains unchanged, the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once.
应理解,步骤1003中的消息也可以用于请求终端设备切换至目标小区,详细描述可以参考图8对应的描述。It should be understood that the message in step 1003 can also be used to request the terminal device to switch to the target cell, and for a detailed description, refer to the corresponding description in FIG. 8 .
应理解,步骤1003中的消息也可以用于请求第二接入网设备的信息,步骤1004执行完之后,核心网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送或指示第一标识或第一标识的长度。详细描述可以参考图9对应的描述。It should be understood that the message in step 1003 can also be used to request the information of the second access network device. After step 1004 is performed, the core network device can send or indicate the first identifier or the first identifier to the first access network device. length. For a detailed description, refer to the corresponding description in FIG. 9 .
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图11,图11是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图11所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the communication method may include the following steps.
1101、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。1101. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
第一接入网设备发现目标小区之后或者第一接入网设备确定需要切换终端设备至目标小区,可以先判断目标小区是否为第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者目标小区是否属于邻小区列表中的小区,当判断出目标小区不是第一接入网设备管理的小区,或目标小区不属于邻小区列表中的小区时,如果第一接入网设备有业务需求需要与目标小区或第二接入网进行交互,则第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。After the first access network device discovers the target cell or the first access network device determines that the terminal device needs to be switched to the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a neighboring cell For a cell in the list, when it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first access network device, or the target cell does not belong to a cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device has service requirements, it needs to communicate with the target cell or the first access network device. When the two access networks interact, the first access network device may send the information of the target cell to the core network device.
第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送一个消息,这个消息可以包括目标小区的信息。这个消息可以用于请求第二接入网设备的信息。其它相关描述可以参考步骤601。The first access network device may send a message to the core network device, and the message may include information of the target cell. This message may be used to request information for the second access network device. For other related descriptions, refer to step 601 .
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
1102、核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息。1102. The core network device sends second indication information to the first access network device.
核心网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据目标小区的信息以及存储的接入网设备的标识确定一个或多个候选接入网设备。核心网设备可以判断目标小区的小区标识是否包括第二标识,当判断出目标小区的小区标识包括第二标识时,可以将第二标识对应的接入网设备确定为候选接入网设备。第二标识为核心网设备存储的接入网设备的标识中的任一接入网设备的标识。之后核心网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息可以指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息。接入网设备的信息的详细描述可以参考步骤602。After receiving the information of the target cell from the first access network device, the core network device may determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the stored identifier of the access network device. The core network device can determine whether the cell identifier of the target cell includes the second identifier, and when it is determined that the cell identifier of the target cell includes the second identifier, it can determine the access network device corresponding to the second identifier as a candidate access network device. The second identifier is the identifier of any access network device among the identifiers of the access network device stored by the core network device. Afterwards, the core network device may send second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information may indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices. For a detailed description of the information of the access network device, reference may be made to step 602 .
接入网设备的标识可以是接入网设备在与核心网建立连接的过程中或之后,向核心网设备上报的。The identity of the access network device may be reported to the core network device during or after the access network device establishes a connection with the core network.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第二指示信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the second indication information from the core network device.
1103、第一接入网设备向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送包括目标小区的信息的第一消息。1103. The first access network device sends a first message including the information of the target cell to one or more candidate access network devices.
第一接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第二指示信息之后,可以向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送包括目标小区的信息的第一消息,即向一个或多个候选接入网设备分别发送第一消息,也即向每个候选接入网设备发送一个第一消息。第一消息用于确定第二接入 网设备。第一消息可以包括目标小区的信息。第一接入网设备可以直接将第一消息发送给候选接入网设备,即不经过核心网设备;也可以将第一消息通过核心网设备发送给候选接入网设备,即可以将第一消息先发送给核心网设备,核心网设备接收到第一消息之后,可以将第一消息发送给候选接入网设备。After receiving the second indication information from the core network device, the first access network device may send a first message including information about the target cell to one or more candidate access network devices, that is, to one or more candidate access network devices. The network devices respectively send the first message, that is, send a first message to each candidate access network device. The first message is used to determine the second access network device. The first message may include information of the target cell. The first access network device may directly send the first message to the candidate access network device, that is, without going through the core network device; or may send the first message to the candidate access network device through the core network device, that is, the first message may be sent to the candidate access network device. The message is first sent to the core network device, and after receiving the first message, the core network device may send the first message to the candidate access network device.
相应地,一个或多个候选接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。Accordingly, the one or more candidate access network devices receive the first message from the first access network device.
一个或多个候选接入网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的第一消息之后,可以向第一接入网设备发送一个或多个响应信息。第一接入网设备接收到来自一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息之后,可以根据一个或多个响应信息确定第二接入网设备。After receiving the first message from the first access network device, one or more candidate access network devices may send one or more response information to the first access network device. After the first access network device receives one or more response information from one or more candidate access network devices, it may determine the second access network device according to the one or more response information.
一种情况下,第一候选接入网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的第一消息之后,可以向第一接入网设备发送第一响应信息。第一候选接入网设备可以根据目标小区的信息判断目标小区是否为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,当判断出目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区时,第一响应信息用于指示目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区。当判断出目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区时,第一响应信息用于指示目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区。第一候选接入网设备为一个或多个候选接入网设备中的任一候选接入网设备。第一响应信息为第一候选接入网设备对应的响应信息,也可以理解为第一候选接入网设备发送给第一接入网设备的响应信息。In one case, after receiving the first message from the first access network device, the first candidate access network device may send the first response information to the first access network device. The first candidate access network device can determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device according to the information of the target cell, and when it is determined that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, the first response The information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device. When it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device. The first candidate access network device is any candidate access network device among one or more candidate access network devices. The first response information is response information corresponding to the first candidate access network device, and may also be understood as response information sent by the first candidate access network device to the first access network device.
第一接入网设备接收到来自一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息之后,可以判断一个或多个响应信息中是否存第二响应信息用于指示目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区,当判断出存在第二响应信息用于指示目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,可以确定第二候选接入网设备为第二接入网设备。第二响应信息为一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,第二候选接入网设备为第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。After the first access network device receives one or more response information from one or more candidate access network devices, it can determine whether there is second response information in the one or more response information to indicate that the target cell is the second response information. For a cell managed by the candidate access network device, when it is determined that the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, the second candidate access network device may be determined to be the second access network equipment. The second response information is one of the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
另一种情况下,第二候选接入网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的第一消息之后,可以先根据目标小区的信息判断目标小区是否为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区,当判断出目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,可以向第一接入网设备发送第二响应信息,第二响应信息用于指示目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区。当判断出目标小区不是第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,第二候选接入网设备不向第一接入网设备发送响应信息。In another case, after receiving the first message from the first access network device, the second candidate access network device may first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device according to the information of the target cell , when it is determined that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, second response information may be sent to the first access network device, where the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is the second candidate access network device managed area. When it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, the second candidate access network device does not send response information to the first access network device.
第一接入网设备接收到来自第二候选接入网设备的第二响应信息之后,可以确定第二候选接入网设备为第二接入网设备。After receiving the second response information from the second candidate access network device, the first access network device may determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图12,图12是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图12所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the communication method may include the following steps.
1201、接入网设备向核心网设备发送接入网设备的标识。1201. The access network device sends the identification of the access network device to the core network device.
接入网设备在与核心网设备建立连接的过程中或建立连接之后,可以向核心网设备发送接入网设备的标识。接入网设备的标识可以是接入网设备主动发送给核心网设备的,也可以是在接收到来自核心网设备的请求之后发送给核心网设备的。In the process of establishing a connection with the core network device or after the connection is established, the access network device may send the identity of the access network device to the core network device. The identification of the access network device may be actively sent by the access network device to the core network device, or may be sent to the core network device after receiving a request from the core network device.
1202、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。1202. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
其中,步骤1202的详细描述可以参考步骤1101。The detailed description of step 1202 may refer to step 1101.
1203、核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息。1203. The core network device sends second indication information to the first access network device.
其中,步骤1203的详细描述可以参考步骤1102。The detailed description of step 1203 may refer to step 1102.
1204、第一接入网设备向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送包括目标小区的信息的第一消息。1204. The first access network device sends a first message including information of the target cell to one or more candidate access network devices.
第一消息可以用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息,也可以用于请求终端设备切换至目标小区的流程,还可以用于其它,在此不加限定。The first message may be used for requesting information for establishing a control plane interface, and may also be used for a process of requesting the terminal device to switch to the target cell, and may also be used for other purposes, which are not limited herein.
其中,步骤1204的详细描述可以参考步骤1103。The detailed description of step 1204 may refer to step 1103.
1205、一个或多个候选接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送一个或多个响应信息。1205. One or more candidate access network devices send one or more response information to the first access network device.
在第一消息用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息的情况下,第二响应信息可以包括第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。在第一消息用于请求终端设备切换至目标小区的情况下,第二响应信息可以包括第二接入网设备为终端设备配置的配置信息。其它相关描述可以参考步骤1103下面的相关内容。In the case that the first message is used for requesting information for establishing a control plane interface, the second response information may include information used by the second access network device for establishing a control plane interface. When the first message is used to request the terminal device to switch to the target cell, the second response information may include configuration information configured by the second access network device for the terminal device. For other related descriptions, please refer to the related content below step 1103 .
应理解,在接入网设备的标识保持不变的情况下,接入网设备只需要向核心网设备上报一次标识即可。It should be understood that in the case where the identity of the access network device remains unchanged, the access network device only needs to report the identity to the core network device once.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图13,图13是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图13所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 13 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the communication method may include the following steps.
1301、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。1301. The first access network device sends information of the target cell to the core network device.
第一接入网设备发现目标小区之后或者第一接入网设备确定需要切换终端设备至目标小区,可以先判断目标小区是否为第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者目标小区是否属于邻小区列表中的小区,当判断出目标小区不是第一接入网设备管理的小区,或目标小区不属于邻小区列表中的小区时,如果第一接入网设备有业务需求需要与目标小区或第二接入网进行交互,则第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。After the first access network device discovers the target cell or the first access network device determines that the terminal device needs to be switched to the target cell, it can first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first access network device, or whether the target cell belongs to a neighboring cell For a cell in the list, when it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first access network device, or the target cell does not belong to a cell in the neighbor cell list, if the first access network device has service requirements, it needs to communicate with the target cell or the first access network device. When the two access networks interact, the first access network device may send the information of the target cell to the core network device.
第一接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送一个消息,这个消息可以包括目标小区的信息。这个消息可以用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息,也可以用于请求终端设备切换至目标小区的流程,还可以用于其它,在此不加限定。其它相关描述可以参考步骤601。The first access network device may send a message to the core network device, and the message may include information of the target cell. This message may be used to request information for establishing a control plane interface, may also be used to request the process of handover of the terminal device to the target cell, and may also be used for other purposes, which are not limited herein. For other related descriptions, refer to step 601 .
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
1302、核心网设备向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送第二消息。1302. The core network device sends a second message to one or more candidate access network devices.
核心网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据目标小区的信息以及存储的接入网设备的标识确定一个或多个候选接入网设备。核心网设备可以判断目标小区的小区标识是否包括第二标识,当判断出目标小区的小区标识包括第二标识时,可以将第二标识对应的接入网设备确定为候选接入网设备。第二标识为核心网设备存储的接入网设备的标识中的任一接入网设备的标识。之后核心网设备可以向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送第二消息。接入网设备的信息的详细描述可以参考步骤602。第二消息用于确定第二接入网设备。After receiving the information of the target cell from the first access network device, the core network device may determine one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the stored identifier of the access network device. The core network device can determine whether the cell identifier of the target cell includes the second identifier, and when it is determined that the cell identifier of the target cell includes the second identifier, it can determine the access network device corresponding to the second identifier as a candidate access network device. The second identifier is the identifier of any access network device among the identifiers of the access network device stored by the core network device. The core network device may then send the second message to one or more candidate access network devices. For a detailed description of the information of the access network device, reference may be made to step 602 . The second message is used to determine the second access network device.
相应地,一个或多个候选接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第二消息。Accordingly, the one or more candidate access network devices receive the second message from the core network device.
一个或多个候选接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第二消息之后,可以向核心网设 备发送一个或多个响应信息。核心网设备接收到来自一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息之后,可以根据一个或多个响应信息确定第二接入网设备。After receiving the second message from the core network device, one or more candidate access network devices may send one or more response messages to the core network device. After the core network device receives one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices, it may determine the second access network device according to the one or more response information.
一种情况下,第一候选接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第二消息之后,可以向核心网设备发送第一响应信息。第一候选接入网设备可以根据目标小区的信息判断目标小区是否为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,当判断出目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区时,第一响应信息用于指示目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区。当判断出目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区时,第一响应信息用于指示目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区。第一候选接入网设备为一个或多个候选接入网设备中的任一候选接入网设备。第一响应信息为第一候选接入网设备对应的响应信息。In one case, after receiving the second message from the core network device, the first candidate access network device may send the first response information to the core network device. The first candidate access network device can determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device according to the information of the target cell, and when it is determined that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, the first response The information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device. When it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device. The first candidate access network device is any candidate access network device among one or more candidate access network devices. The first response information is response information corresponding to the first candidate access network device.
核心网设备接收到来自一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息之后,可以判断一个或多个响应信息中是否存第二响应信息用于指示目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区,当判断出存在第二响应信息用于指示目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,可以确定第二候选接入网设备为第二接入网设备。第二响应信息为一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,第二候选接入网设备为第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。After the core network device receives one or more response information from one or more candidate access network devices, it can determine whether there is second response information in the one or more response information to indicate that the target cell is the second candidate for access The cell managed by the network device may determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device when it is determined that there is second response information for indicating that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device. The second response information is one of the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
另一种情况下,第二候选接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第二消息之后,可以先根据目标小区的信息判断目标小区是否为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区,当判断出目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,可以向核心网设备发送第二响应信息,第二响应信息用于指示目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区。当判断出目标小区不是第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,第二候选接入网设备不向核心网设备发送响应信息。In another case, after receiving the second message from the core network device, the second candidate access network device may first determine whether the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device according to the information of the target cell, and when determining whether the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device When it is determined that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, second response information may be sent to the core network device, where the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device. When it is determined that the target cell is not a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, the second candidate access network device does not send response information to the core network device.
核心网设备接收到来自第二候选接入网设备的第二响应信息之后,可以确定第二候选接入网设备为第二接入网设备。After receiving the second response information from the second candidate access network device, the core network device may determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device.
之后核心网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第二接入网设备的标识。Afterwards, the core network device may send the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图14,图14是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图14所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 14 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the communication method may include the following steps.
1401、接入网设备向核心网设备发送接入网设备的标识。1401. The access network device sends the identification of the access network device to the core network device.
其中,步骤1401的详细描述可以参考步骤1201。The detailed description of step 1401 may refer to step 1201 .
1402、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。1402. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
其中,步骤1402的详细描述可以参考步骤1202。The detailed description of step 1402 may refer to step 1202.
1403、核心网设备向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送第二消息。1403. The core network device sends a second message to one or more candidate access network devices.
其中,步骤1403的详细描述可以参考步骤1302。The detailed description of step 1403 may refer to step 1302.
1404、一个或多个候选接入网设备向核心网设备发送一个或多个响应信息。1404. The one or more candidate access network devices send one or more response information to the core network device.
其中,步骤1404的详细描述可以参考步骤1302下面的相关内容。The detailed description of step 1404 may refer to the related content below step 1302.
1405、核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送第二接入网设备的标识。1405. The core network device sends the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
第二消息可以用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息,也可以请求终端设备切换至目标小区的流程,还可以用于其它,在此不加限定。The second message may be used for requesting information for establishing a control plane interface, and may also be used for requesting the process of switching the terminal device to the target cell, and may also be used for other purposes, which are not limited herein.
应理解,在第二消息用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息的情况下,第二响应信息可以包括第二接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。在第二消息用于请求终端设备切换至 目标小区的情况下,第二响应信息可以包括第二接入网设备为终端设备配置的配置信息。其它相关描述可以参考步骤1302下面的相关内容。It should be understood that in the case where the second message is used for requesting information for establishing a control plane interface, the second response information may include information used by the second access network device for establishing a control plane interface. When the second message is used to request the terminal device to switch to the target cell, the second response information may include configuration information configured by the second access network device for the terminal device. For other related descriptions, please refer to the related content below step 1302 .
应理解,在接入网设备的标识保持不变的情况下,接入网设备只需要向核心网设备上报一次标识即可。It should be understood that in the case where the identity of the access network device remains unchanged, the access network device only needs to report the identity to the core network device once.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图15,图15是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图15所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 15 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15 , the communication method may include the following steps.
1501、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。1501. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
其中,步骤1501的详细描述可以参考步骤601。The detailed description of step 1501 may refer to step 601 .
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
1502、核心网设备向第二接入网设备发送目标小区的信息。1502. The core network device sends the information of the target cell to the second access network device.
核心网设备可以先接收辅助信息。多个接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送多个辅助信息。相应地,核心网设备可以接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息。多个接入网设备与多个辅助信息一一对应,可见,一个接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送一个唯一的辅助信息。多个接入网设备可以包括第二接入网设备。The core network device may receive auxiliary information first. Multiple access network devices can send multiple pieces of auxiliary information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may receive multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices. Multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with multiple auxiliary information. It can be seen that one access network device can send one unique auxiliary information to the core network device. The plurality of access network devices may include a second access network device.
第四接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送第二辅助信息。相应地,核心网设备可以接收来自第四接入网设备的第二辅助信息。第四接入网设备为与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。可见,与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备均可以向核心网设备发送辅助信息。The fourth access network device may send the second auxiliary information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device may receive the second assistance information from the fourth access network device. The fourth access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device. It can be seen that all access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device can send auxiliary information to the core network device.
辅助信息可以包括接入网设备的标识。核心网设备接收到辅助信息之后,可以根据辅助信息包括的接入网设备的标识对辅助信息进行分组。可以将接入网设备的标识存在关联(即存在重叠)的辅助信息划分为一组辅助信息。接入网设备的标识存在关联或重叠可以理解为接入网设备的标识的最左边部分存在关联或重叠。举例说明,如图5所示,接入网设备1的标识为11,接入网设备2的标识为1101,接入网设备3的标识为1111。可见,接入网设备1-接入网设备3的标识存在重叠,即它们的标识的最左边部分是重叠的。由于接入网设备1的标识为接入网设备2和接入网设备3的标识的最左边部分,因此,可以认为接入网设备1与接入网设备2完全重叠,接入网设备1与接入网设备3完全重叠。接入网设备2与接入网设备3不完全重叠。The auxiliary information may include the identity of the access network device. After receiving the auxiliary information, the core network device may group the auxiliary information according to the identification of the access network device included in the auxiliary information. The auxiliary information for which the identifiers of the access network devices are associated (ie, overlapping) may be divided into a group of auxiliary information. The identification of the access network device is associated or overlapped may be understood as the association or overlap of the leftmost part of the identification of the access network device. For example, as shown in FIG. 5 , the identifier of the access network device 1 is 11, the identifier of the access network device 2 is 1101, and the identifier of the access network device 3 is 1111. It can be seen that the identities of the access network device 1 and the access network device 3 overlap, that is, the leftmost parts of their identities overlap. Since the identifier of access network device 1 is the leftmost part of the identifiers of access network device 2 and access network device 3, it can be considered that access network device 1 and access network device 2 completely overlap, and access network device 1 It completely overlaps with the access network equipment 3. Access network device 2 and access network device 3 do not completely overlap.
之后核心网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送第一辅助信息,第一辅助信息为辅助信息中接入网设备的标识与第二接入网设备的标识存在关联的辅助信息。第一辅助信息为第二接入网设备对应的一组辅助信息中除第二接入网设备对应的辅助信息之外的辅助信息。第一辅助信息可以包括一个或多个辅助信息。第二接入网设备可以为第一组辅助信息对应的接入网设备中接入网设备的标识的长度最长的接入网设备,也可以为第一组辅助信息对应的接入网设备中接入网设备的标识的长度最短的接入网设备,还可以为第一组辅助信息对应的接入网设备中任一接入网设备。第一组辅助信息为第二接入网设备对应的一组辅助信息。Afterwards, the core network device may send first auxiliary information to the second access network device, where the first auxiliary information is auxiliary information in which the identification of the access network device in the auxiliary information is associated with the identification of the second access network device. The first auxiliary information is auxiliary information other than the auxiliary information corresponding to the second access network device in a group of auxiliary information corresponding to the second access network device. The first auxiliary information may include one or more auxiliary information. The second access network device may be the access network device with the longest identifier of the access network device among the access network devices corresponding to the first group of auxiliary information, or may be the access network device corresponding to the first group of auxiliary information The access network device with the shortest identifier of the access network device among the access network devices may also be any access network device among the access network devices corresponding to the first group of auxiliary information. The first group of auxiliary information is a group of auxiliary information corresponding to the second access network device.
第二接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第一辅助信息之后,可以根据第一辅助信息确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,以及存储该对应关系。此处的对应关系可以为接 入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系。第三辅助信息可以包括第五接入网设备的标识以及第五接入网设备对应的小区的标识信息。第五接入网设备对应的小区可以包括第五接入网设备管理的小区,也可以包括不属于第五接入网设备管理且小区标识包括第五接入网设备的标识的小区。第三辅助信息为第一辅助信息中的任一辅助信息,第五接入网设备为第三辅助信息对应的接入网设备。详细描述可以参考步骤602。After receiving the first auxiliary information from the core network device, the second access network device may determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device according to the first auxiliary information, and store the correspondence. The correspondence here may be the correspondence between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device. The third auxiliary information may include the identity of the fifth access network device and the identity information of the cell corresponding to the fifth access network device. The cell corresponding to the fifth access network device may include a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or may include a cell that is not managed by the fifth access network device and whose cell identifier includes an identifier of the fifth access network device. The third auxiliary information is any auxiliary information in the first auxiliary information, and the fifth access network device is an access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information. For a detailed description, refer to step 602 .
核心网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息之后,可以根据目标小区的信息和存储的接入网设备的标识确定第二接入网设备。第二接入网设备的标识与目标小区的标识存在关联。之后核心网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送目标小区的信息。核心网设备可以通过一个消息向第二接入网设备发送目标小区的信息。第二消息可以包括目标小区的信息。After receiving the information of the target cell from the first access network device, the core network device may determine the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the stored identifier of the access network device. The identity of the second access network device is associated with the identity of the target cell. Afterwards, the core network device may send the information of the target cell to the second access network device. The core network device may send the information of the target cell to the second access network device through a message. The second message may include information of the target cell.
相应地,第二接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the information of the target cell from the core network device.
1503、第二接入网设备根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第三接入网设备。1503. The second access network device determines a third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
目标小区为第三接入网设备管理的小区。详细描述可以参考步骤602。The target cell is a cell managed by the third access network device. For a detailed description, refer to step 602 .
1504、第二接入网设备向核心网设备发送第三接入网设备的标识。1504. The second access network device sends the identity of the third access network device to the core network device.
第二接入网设备根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定出第三接入网设备之后,可以向核心网设备发送第三接入网设备的标识。相应地,核心网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第三接入网设备的标识。之后核心网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第三接入网设备的标识。After determining the third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, the second access network device may send the identity of the third access network device to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device receives the identification of the third access network device from the second access network device. Afterwards, the core network device may send the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device.
第一接入网设备接收到来自核心网设备的第三接入网设备的标识之后,可以与第三接入网设备进行通信。After receiving the identifier of the third access network device from the core network device, the first access network device may communicate with the third access network device.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图16,图16是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图16所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 16 , which is a schematic flowchart of another communication method disclosed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16, the communication method may include the following steps.
1601、接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息。1601. The access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
其中,步骤1601的详细描述可以参考步骤1502下面的相关描述。The detailed description of step 1601 may refer to the related description below step 1502.
1602、核心网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一辅助信息。1602. The core network device sends the first auxiliary information to the second access network device.
其中,步骤1602的详细描述可以参考步骤1502下面的相关描述。The detailed description of step 1602 may refer to the related description below step 1502.
相应地,第二接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第一辅助信息。Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the first assistance information from the core network device.
1603、第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息。1603. The first access network device sends the information of the target cell to the core network device.
相应地,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the information of the target cell from the first access network device.
其中,步骤1603的详细描述可以参考步骤1501的描述。The detailed description of step 1603 may refer to the description of step 1501.
1604、核心网设备向第二接入网设备发送目标小区的信息。1604. The core network device sends the information of the target cell to the second access network device.
相应地,第二接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息。Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the information of the target cell from the core network device.
其中,步骤1604的详细描述可以参考步骤1502的描述。The detailed description of step 1604 may refer to the description of step 1502.
1605、第二接入网设备根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第三接入网设备。1605. The second access network device determines the third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
其中,步骤1605的详细描述可以参考步骤1503的描述。The detailed description of step 1605 may refer to the description of step 1503 .
1606、第二接入网设备向核心网设备发送第三接入网设备的标识。1606. The second access network device sends the identity of the third access network device to the core network device.
其中,步骤1606的详细描述可以参考步骤1504的描述。The detailed description of step 1606 may refer to the description of step 1504.
1607、核心网设备向第三接入网设备发送第五请求消息。1607. The core network device sends a fifth request message to the third access network device.
在步骤1603中的消息用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息。第五请求消息也用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息。The message in step 1603 is used to request information for establishing the control plane interface. The fifth request message is also used to request information for establishing the control plane interface.
1608、第三接入网设备向核心网设备发送第八响应消息。1608. The third access network device sends an eighth response message to the core network device.
第八响应消息可以包括第三接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。The eighth response message may include information used by the third access network device to establish the control plane interface.
1609、核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送第九响应消息。1609. The core network device sends a ninth response message to the first access network device.
第九响应消息可以包括第三接入网设备用于建立控制面接口的信息。The ninth response message may include information used by the third access network device to establish the control plane interface.
1610、第一接入网设备与第三接入网设备建立控制面接口。1610. The first access network device establishes a control plane interface with the third access network device.
步骤1603中的消息也可以用于请求终端设备切换至目标小区。The message in step 1603 can also be used to request the terminal equipment to switch to the target cell.
其中,步骤1601-步骤1610的详细描述可以参考上述相关的描述。The detailed description of steps 1601 to 1610 may refer to the above-mentioned related descriptions.
应理解,在接入网设备对应的辅助信息不变的情况下,接入网设备只需要向核心网设备上报一次辅助信息即可。在关联的规则,以及与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备保持不变的情况下,核心网设备也只需要向第二接入网设备发送一次第一辅助信息即可。It should be understood that in the case where the auxiliary information corresponding to the access network device remains unchanged, the access network device only needs to report the auxiliary information to the core network device once. Under the condition that the associated rules and the access network device establishing the connection with the core network device remain unchanged, the core network device only needs to send the first auxiliary information to the second access network device once.
应理解,在第五请求消息包括第一接入网设备的标识的情况下,第三接入网设备也可以直接向第一接入网设备发送第八响应消息,即不经过核心网设备。It should be understood that when the fifth request message includes the identifier of the first access network device, the third access network device may also directly send the eighth response message to the first access network device, that is, without going through the core network device.
应理解,核心网设备接收到来自第二接入网设备的第三接入网设备的标识,也可以向第一接入网设备发送第三接入网设备的标识。第一接入网设备接收到来自第三接入网设备的标识之后,可以用于请求第三接入网设备用于请求用于建立控制面接口的信息,以便与第三接入网设备建立控制面接口欧;也可以用于发起终端设备切换到目标小区的流程。It should be understood that, when the core network device receives the identifier of the third access network device from the second access network device, it can also send the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device. After the first access network device receives the identifier from the third access network device, it can be used to request the third access network device to request information for establishing a control plane interface, so as to establish a connection with the third access network device. Control plane interface; can also be used to initiate the process of switching the terminal equipment to the target cell.
应理解,上述通信方法中由核心网设备执行的功能也可以由核心网设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,由接入网设备(如第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备等)执行的功能也可以由接入网设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行。It should be understood that the functions performed by the core network equipment in the above communication method may also be performed by modules (for example, chips) in the core network equipment, and the functions performed by the access network equipment (for example, the first access network equipment, the second access network equipment The functions performed by the device, the third access network device, etc.) may also be performed by a module (eg, a chip) in the access network device.
应理解,上述消息包括信息,也可以理解为消息携带信息。It should be understood that the above message includes information, and it may also be understood that the message carries information.
应理解,上述不同实施例中相同或相关的信息之间可以相互参考。It should be understood that the same or related information in the above-mentioned different embodiments may refer to each other.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图17,图17是本申请实施例公开的一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图17所示,该通信装置可以包括接收单元1701、确定单元1702和发送单元1703。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 17 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 17 , the communication apparatus may include a receiving unit 1701 , a determining unit 1702 and a sending unit 1703 .
在一种情况下,该通信装置可以为核心网设备,也可以为核心网设备中的模块。其中:In one case, the communication apparatus may be core network equipment, or may be a module in the core network equipment. in:
接收单元1701,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit 1701, configured to receive information from a target cell of a first access network device;
确定单元1702,用于根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备,目标小区被第二接入网设备管理。The determining unit 1702 is configured to determine the second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
在一个实施例中,接收单元1701,还用于接收辅助信息,该辅助信息用于确定上述对应关系。In one embodiment, the receiving unit 1701 is further configured to receive auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the above-mentioned corresponding relationship.
在一个实施例中,接收单元1701接收辅助信息包括:In one embodiment, receiving the auxiliary information by the receiving unit 1701 includes:
接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息,上述多个接入网设备与上述多个辅助信息一一对应,上述多个接入网设备包括第二接入网设备。Multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices are received, the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information, and the multiple access network devices include a second access network device.
在一个实施例中,接收单元1701接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息包括:In one embodiment, the receiving unit 1701 receives multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices including:
接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息,第三接入网设备为与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。Receive first auxiliary information from a third access network device, where the third access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
在一个实施例中,上述对应关系为接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系。In one embodiment, the above-mentioned corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
在一个实施例中,上述辅助信息包括接入网设备的标识以及接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned auxiliary information includes the identity of the access network device and the identity information of the cell associated with the access network device.
在一个实施例中,接入网设备关联的小区包括接入网设备管理的小区,或者,In an embodiment, the cell associated with the access network device includes a cell managed by the access network device, or,
接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于接入网设备管理且小区标识包括接入网设备的标识的小区。The cells associated with the access network equipment include cells that are not managed by the access network equipment and whose cell identifiers include the identifiers of the access network equipment.
在一个实施例中,接收单元1701接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息包括:In one embodiment, the receiving unit 1701 receiving the first assistance information from the third access network device includes:
通过第四接入网设备接收来自第三接入网设备的所述第一辅助信息。The first assistance information from the third access network device is received by the fourth access network device.
在一个实施例中,确定单元1702,具体用于确定第一标识或第一标识的长度,第一标识为第二接入网设备的标识。In one embodiment, the determining unit 1702 is specifically configured to determine the first identifier or the length of the first identifier, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second access network device.
在一个实施例中,发送单元1703,用于向第一接入网设备指示第一标识或第一标识的长度。In one embodiment, the sending unit 1703 is configured to indicate the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device.
在一个实施例中,接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:In an embodiment, the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device includes at least one of the following:
接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;The cell identity or global cell identity of the cell associated with the access network device;
接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The common part of the cell identity of the cell to which the access network device is associated.
在一个实施例中,目标小区的信息包括目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。In one embodiment, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
有关上述接收单元1701、确定单元1702和发送单元1703更详细的描述可以直接参考上述图6-图10所示的方法实施例中核心网设备的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions of the above receiving unit 1701, determining unit 1702, and transmitting unit 1703 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 6-FIG. 10, and will not be repeated here.
在另一种情况下,该通信装置可以为第二接入网设备,也可以为第二接入网设备中的模块,其中:In another case, the communication apparatus may be the second access network device, or may be a module in the second access network device, wherein:
接收单元1701,用于接收来自核心网设备的目标小区的信息;A receiving unit 1701, configured to receive information from a target cell of a core network device;
确定单元1702,用于根据目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第三接入网设备,目标小区被第三接入网设备管理。The determining unit 1702 is configured to determine a third access network device according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
在一个实施例中,接收单元1701,还用于接收来自核心网设备的第一辅助信息,第一辅助信息用于确定上述对应关系,第一辅助信息中接入网设备的标识与第二接入网设备的标识存在关联。In one embodiment, the receiving unit 1701 is further configured to receive first auxiliary information from the core network device, the first auxiliary information is used to determine the above-mentioned corresponding relationship, and the identifier of the access network device in the first auxiliary information is connected to the second connection The identification of the network access device is associated.
在一个实施例中,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。In one embodiment, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
在一个实施例中,第三辅助信息包括第五接入网设备的标识以及第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,第三辅助信息为第一辅助信息中的任一辅助信息,第五接入网设备为第三辅助信息对应的接入网设备。In one embodiment, the third auxiliary information includes an identification of the fifth access network device and identification information of a cell associated with the fifth access network device, the third auxiliary information is any auxiliary information in the first auxiliary information, and the third auxiliary information is any one of the first auxiliary information. The fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
在一个实施例中,第五接入网设备关联的小区包括第五接入网设备管理的小区,或者,In an embodiment, the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or,
第五接入网设备关联的小区不属于第五接入网设备管理且小区标识包括第五接入网设 备的标识的小区。The cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the cell managed by the fifth access network device and the cell identity includes the identity of the fifth access network device.
在一个实施例中,确定单元1702,具体用于确定第三接入网设备的标识。In one embodiment, the determining unit 1702 is specifically configured to determine the identity of the third access network device.
在一个实施例中,发送单元1703,用于向核心网设备发送第三接入网设备的标识。In one embodiment, the sending unit 1703 is configured to send the identification of the third access network device to the core network device.
在一个实施例中,第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:In an embodiment, the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following:
第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;The cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the fifth access network device;
第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell to which the fifth access network device is associated.
在一个实施例中,目标小区的信息包括目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。In one embodiment, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
有关上述接收单元1701、确定单元1702和发送单元1703更详细的描述可以直接参考上述图15-图16所示的方法实施例中第二接入网设备的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions of the above receiving unit 1701, determining unit 1702 and transmitting unit 1703 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the second access network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 15-16, and will not be repeated here.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图18,图18是本申请实施例公开的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图18所示,该通信装置可以包括发送单元1801和接收单元1802。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 18 , which is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18 , the communication apparatus may include a sending unit 1801 and a receiving unit 1802 .
在一种情况下,该通信装置可以为第一接入网设备,也可以为第一接入网设备中的模块,其中:In one case, the communication device may be the first access network device, or may be a module in the first access network device, wherein:
发送单元1801,用于向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息,目标小区的信息用于确定第二接入网设备,目标小区被第二接入网设备管理;A sending unit 1801, configured to send information of a target cell to a core network device, where the information of the target cell is used to determine a second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device;
接收单元1802,用于接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第二接入网设备。The receiving unit 1802 is configured to receive first indication information from a core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a second access network device.
在一个实施例中,发送单元1801,还用于向核心网设备发送辅助信息,上述辅助信息用于确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系。In one embodiment, the sending unit 1801 is further configured to send auxiliary information to the core network device, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
在一个实施例中,上述对应关系为接入网设备的标识与接入网设备管理的小区的标识之间的对应关系。In one embodiment, the above-mentioned corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
在一个实施例中,上述辅助信息包括第一接入网设备的标识以及第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned auxiliary information includes an identity of the first access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the first access network device.
在一个实施例中,第一接入网设备关联的小区包括第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者,In an embodiment, the cell associated with the first access network device includes a cell managed by the first access network device, or,
第一接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于第一接入网设备管理且小区标识包括第一接入网设备的标识的小区。The cells associated with the first access network device include cells that are not managed by the first access network device and whose cell identifiers include an identifier of the first access network device.
在一个实施例中,第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:In an embodiment, the identification information of the cell associated with the first access network device includes at least one of the following:
第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;The cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the first access network device;
第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The common part of the cell identity of the cell to which the first access network device is associated.
在一个实施例中,目标小区的信息包括目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。In one embodiment, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
有关上述发送单元1801更详细的描述可以直接参考上述图6-图10,或者图15-图16所示的方法实施例中第一接入网设备的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions of the above-mentioned sending unit 1801 can be obtained directly by referring to the above-mentioned FIG. 6-FIG. 10, or the related descriptions of the first access network device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 15-FIG. 16, which will not be repeated here.
在另一种情况下,该通信装置可以为核心网设备,也可以为核心网设备中的模块,其中:In another case, the communication device may be core network equipment, or may be a module in the core network equipment, wherein:
接收单元1802,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit 1802, configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device;
发送单元1801,用于向第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示一 个或多个候选接入网设备的信息,上述一个或多个候选接入网设备根据目标小区的信息确定。A sending unit 1801, configured to send second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices, the one or more candidate access network devices according to the target Cell information is determined.
在一个实施例中,候选接入网设备的信息为候选接入网设备的标识,或者候选接入网设备的标识的长度。In one embodiment, the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
在一个实施例中,目标小区的信息包括目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。In one embodiment, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
有关上述接收单元1802和发送单元1801更详细的描述可以直接参考上述图11-图12所示的方法实施例中核心网设备的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions of the receiving unit 1802 and the sending unit 1801 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 12 , which will not be repeated here.
在又一种情况下,该通信装置可以为核心网设备,也可以为核心网设备中的模块,其中:In yet another case, the communication device may be core network equipment, or may be a module in core network equipment, wherein:
接收单元1802,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit 1802, configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device;
发送单元1801,用于向第二接入网设备发送目标小区的信息,第二接入网设备的标识与目标小区的标识存在关联;A sending unit 1801, configured to send information of a target cell to a second access network device, where an identifier of the second access network device is associated with an identifier of the target cell;
接收单元1802,还用于接收来自第二接入网设备的第三接入网设备的标识,目标小区被第三接入网设备管理。The receiving unit 1802 is further configured to receive the identifier of the third access network device from the second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the third access network device.
在一个实施例中,接收单元1802,还用于接收辅助信息;In one embodiment, the receiving unit 1802 is further configured to receive auxiliary information;
发送单元1801,还用于向第二接入网设备发送第一辅助信息,第一辅助信息为上述辅助信息中接入网设备的标识与第二接入网设备的标识存在关联的辅助信息,第一辅助信息用于确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系。The sending unit 1801 is further configured to send first auxiliary information to the second access network device, where the first auxiliary information is auxiliary information in which the identity of the access network device is associated with the identity of the second access network device in the above auxiliary information, The first auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
在一个实施例中,接收单元1802接收辅助信息包括:In one embodiment, receiving the auxiliary information by the receiving unit 1802 includes:
接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息,多个接入网设备与多个辅助信息一一对应。Multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices are received, and multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with multiple pieces of auxiliary information.
在一个实施例中,接收单元1802接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息包括:In one embodiment, the receiving unit 1802 receives a plurality of auxiliary information from a plurality of access network devices including:
接收来自第四接入网设备的第二辅助信息,第四接入网设备为与核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。Receive second auxiliary information from a fourth access network device, where the fourth access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
在一个实施例中,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。In one embodiment, the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
在一个实施例中,第三辅助信息包括第五接入网设备的标识以及第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息,第三辅助信息为第一辅助信息中的任一辅助信息,第五接入网设备为第三辅助信息对应的接入网设备。In one embodiment, the third auxiliary information includes an identification of the fifth access network device and identification information of a cell associated with the fifth access network device, the third auxiliary information is any auxiliary information in the first auxiliary information, and the third auxiliary information is any one of the first auxiliary information. The fifth access network device is the access network device corresponding to the third auxiliary information.
在一个实施例中,第五接入网设备关联的小区包括第五接入网设备管理的小区,或者,In an embodiment, the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes a cell managed by the fifth access network device, or,
第五接入网设备关联的小区不属于第五接入网设备管理且小区标识包括第五接入网设备的标识的小区。The cell associated with the fifth access network device does not belong to the cell managed by the fifth access network device and the cell identifier includes the identifier of the fifth access network device.
在一个实施例中,发送单元1801,还用于向第一接入网设备发送第三接入网设备的标识。In one embodiment, the sending unit 1801 is further configured to send the identifier of the third access network device to the first access network device.
在一个实施例中,第五接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:In an embodiment, the identification information of the cell associated with the fifth access network device includes at least one of the following:
第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;The cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the fifth access network device;
第五接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell to which the fifth access network device is associated.
在一个实施例中,目标小区的信息包括目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。In one embodiment, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
有关上述接收单元1802和发送单元1801更详细的描述可以直接参考上述图15-图16所示的方法实施例中核心网设备的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions of the receiving unit 1802 and the sending unit 1801 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 16 , and details are not repeated here.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图19,图19是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图19所示,该通信装置可以包括:Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 19 . FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the communication device may include:
发送单元1901,用于向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息;A sending unit 1901, configured to send the information of the target cell to the core network device;
接收单元1902,用于接收来自核心网设备的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息;a receiving unit 1902, configured to receive second indication information from a core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices;
发送单元1901,还用于向上述一个或多个候选接入网设备分别发送第一消息,第一消息包括目标小区的信息,第一消息用于确定第二接入网设备,目标小区被第二接入网设备管理。The sending unit 1901 is further configured to send a first message to the above-mentioned one or more candidate access network devices, respectively, where the first message includes information of the target cell, and the first message is used to determine the second access network device, and the target cell is selected by the first message. 2. Access network equipment management.
在一个实施例中,接收单元1902,还用于接收来自上述一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息;In one embodiment, the receiving unit 1902 is further configured to receive one or more response information from the above-mentioned one or more candidate access network devices;
该通信装置还可以包括:The communication device may also include:
确定单元1903,用于根据上述一个或多个响应信息确定第二接入网设备。The determining unit 1903 is configured to determine the second access network device according to the above one or more response information.
在一个实施例中,第一响应信息用于指示目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,或用于指示目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,第一响应信息为上述一个或多个响应信息中的任一响应信息,第一候选接入网设备为第一响应信息对应的候选接入网设备;In one embodiment, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, and the first response information is For any response information in the above one or more response information, the first candidate access network device is the candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information;
确定单元1903,具体用于当第二响应信息用于指示目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,确定第二候选接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二响应信息为上述一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,第二候选接入网设备为第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。The determining unit 1903 is specifically configured to, when the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device, and the second response information is one of the above one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
在一个实施例中,候选接入网设备的信息为候选接入网设备的标识,或者候选接入网设备的标识的长度。In one embodiment, the information of the candidate access network device is the identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device.
在一个实施例中,目标小区的信息包括目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。In one embodiment, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
有关上述发送单元1901、接收单元1902和确定单元1903更详细的描述可以直接参考上述图11-图12所示的方法实施例中第一接入网设备的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions of the above sending unit 1901, receiving unit 1902 and determining unit 1903 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the first access network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图20,图20是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图20所示,该通信装置可以包括:Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 20 , which is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 20, the communication device may include:
接收单元2001,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit 2001, configured to receive information from a target cell of a first access network device;
发送单元2002,用于向一个或多个候选接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息包括目标小区的信息,第二消息用于确定第二接入网设备,上述一个或多个候选接入网设备根据目标小区的信息确定,目标小区被第二接入网设备管理。The sending unit 2002 is configured to send a second message to one or more candidate access network devices, where the second message includes information of the target cell, and the second message is used to determine the second access network device, the one or more candidate access network devices. The network access device determines according to the information of the target cell, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
在一个实施例中,该通信装置还可以包括:In one embodiment, the communication device may further include:
确定单元2003,用于根据目标小区的信息和接入网设备的标识,确定上述一个或多个候选接入网设备。The determining unit 2003 is configured to determine the above-mentioned one or more candidate access network devices according to the information of the target cell and the identifier of the access network device.
在一个实施例中,接收单元2002,还用于接收上述接入网设备的标识。In one embodiment, the receiving unit 2002 is further configured to receive the identifier of the above-mentioned access network device.
在一个实施例中,接收单元2101,还用于接收来自一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息;In one embodiment, the receiving unit 2101 is further configured to receive one or more response information from one or more candidate access network devices;
确定单元2003,还用于根据上述一个或多个响应信息确定第二接入网设备。The determining unit 2003 is further configured to determine the second access network device according to the above one or more response information.
在一个实施例中,第一响应信息用于指示目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,或用于指示目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,第一响应信息为一个或多个响应信息中的任一响应信息,第一候选接入网设备为第一响应信息对应的候选接入网设备;In one embodiment, the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, or used to indicate that the target cell is not a cell managed by the first candidate access network device, and the first response information is Any one of the one or more response information, the first candidate access network device is the candidate access network device corresponding to the first response information;
确定单元2003根据上述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备包括:The determining unit 2003 determining the second access network device according to the above one or more response information includes:
当第二响应信息用于指示目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,确定第二候选接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二响应信息为一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,第二候选接入网设备为第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。When the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by the second candidate access network device, determine that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device, and the second response information is one or more response information One of the response information in the second candidate access network device is the candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
在一个实施例中,发送单元2002,还用于向第一接入网设备发送第二接入网设备的标识。In one embodiment, the sending unit 2002 is further configured to send the identifier of the second access network device to the first access network device.
在一个实施例中,目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。In one embodiment, the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
有关上述接收单元2001、发送单元2002和确定单元2003更详细的描述可以直接参考上述图13-图14所示的方法实施例中核心网设备的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions of the above receiving unit 2001, sending unit 2002 and determining unit 2003 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 13-FIG. 14, and will not be repeated here.
应理解,上述确定单元也可以称为处理单元。It should be understood that the above determination unit may also be referred to as a processing unit.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图21,图21是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图21所示,该通信装置可以包括处理器2101、存储器2102、输入接口2103、输出接口2104和总线2105。存储器2102可以是独立存在的,可以通过总线2105与处理器2101相连接。存储器2102也可以和处理器2101集成在一起。其中,总线2105用于实现这些组件之间的连接。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 21 , which is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 21 , the communication device may include a processor 2101 , a memory 2102 , an input interface 2103 , an output interface 2104 and a bus 2105 . The memory 2102 may exist independently, and may be connected to the processor 2101 through the bus 2105 . The memory 2102 may also be integrated with the processor 2101. Among them, the bus 2105 is used to realize the connection between these components.
在一个实施例中,该通信装置可以为核心网设备或者核心网设备内的模块(例如,芯片),该通信装置可以为第二接入网设备或者第二接入网设备内的模块(例如,芯片),存储器2102中存储的计算机程序指令被执行时,该处理器2101用于控制接收单元1701和发送单元1703执行上述实施例中执行的操作,该处理器2101还用于执行确定单元1702上述实施例中执行的操作,输入接口2103用于执行上述实施例中接收单元1701执行的操作,输出接口2104用于执行上述实施例中发送单元1703执行的操作。上述核心网设备或者核心网设备内的模块还可以用于执行上述图6-图10方法实施例中核心网设备执行的各种方法,不再赘述。上述第二接入网设备或者第二接入网设备内的模块还可以用于执行上述图15-图16方法实施例中第二接入网设备执行的各种方法,不再赘述。In one embodiment, the communication device may be a core network device or a module (eg, a chip) within the core network device, and the communication device may be a second access network device or a module (eg, a chip) within the second access network device , chip), when the computer program instructions stored in the memory 2102 are executed, the processor 2101 is used to control the receiving unit 1701 and the sending unit 1703 to perform the operations performed in the above embodiments, and the processor 2101 is also used to execute the determining unit 1702 For the operations performed in the above embodiments, the input interface 2103 is used to perform the operations performed by the receiving unit 1701 in the above embodiments, and the output interface 2104 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 1703 in the above embodiments. The foregoing core network device or modules in the core network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the core network device in the foregoing method embodiments in FIGS. The foregoing second access network device or a module in the second access network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiments in FIGS.
在一个实施例中,该通信装置可以为第一接入网设备或者第一接入网设备内的模块(例如,芯片),该通信装置可以为核心网设备或者核心网设备内的模块(例如,芯片),存储器2102中存储的计算机程序指令被执行时,该处理器2101用于控制发送单元1801执行上述实施例中执行的操作,输入接口2103用于接收来自该通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息,输出接口2104用于执行上述实施例中发送单元1901执行的操作。上述第一接入网设备 或者第一接入网设备内的模块还可以用于执行上述图6-图10或者图15-图16方法实施例中第一接入网设备执行的各种方法,不再赘述。上述核心网设备或者核心网设备内的模块还可以用于执行上述图11-图12或者图15-图16方法实施例中第一接入网设备执行的各种方法,不再赘述。In one embodiment, the communication apparatus may be a first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) within the first access network device, and the communication apparatus may be a core network device or a module within the core network device (eg, a core network device). , chip), when the computer program instructions stored in the memory 2102 are executed, the processor 2101 is used to control the sending unit 1801 to perform the operations performed in the above embodiments, and the input interface 2103 is used to receive other communications from the communication device Device information, and the output interface 2104 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 1901 in the above embodiments. The above-mentioned first access network device or a module in the first access network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the first access network device in the above-mentioned method embodiments of FIG. 6-FIG. 10 or FIG. 15-FIG. 16, No longer. The above-mentioned core network device or modules in the core network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the first access network device in the above-mentioned method embodiments of FIGS.
在一个实施例中,该通信装置可以为第一接入网设备或者第一接入网设备内的模块(例如,芯片),存储器2102中存储的计算机程序指令被执行时,该处理器2101用于控制发送单元1901和接收单元1902执行上述实施例中执行的操作,该处理器2101还用于执行确定单元1903上述实施例中执行的操作,输入接口2103用于执行上述实施例中接收单元1902执行的操作,输出接口2104用于执行上述实施例中发送单元1901执行的操作。上述第一接入网设备或者第一接入网设备内的模块还可以用于执行上述图11-图12方法实施例中第一接入网设备执行的各种方法,不再赘述。In one embodiment, the communication apparatus may be the first access network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first access network device. When the computer program instructions stored in the memory 2102 are executed, the processor 2101 uses the In order to control the sending unit 1901 and the receiving unit 1902 to perform the operations performed in the above embodiments, the processor 2101 is also used to perform the operations performed by the determining unit 1903 in the above embodiments, and the input interface 2103 is used to perform the receiving unit 1902 in the above embodiments. The operation performed, the output interface 2104 is used to perform the operation performed by the sending unit 1901 in the foregoing embodiment. The foregoing first access network device or a module in the first access network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiments of FIGS.
在一个实施例中,该通信装置可以为核心网设备或者核心网设备内的模块(例如,芯片),存储器2102中存储的计算机程序指令被执行时,该处理器2101用于控制接收单元2001和发送单元2002执行上述实施例中执行的操作,该处理器2101还用于执行确定单元2003上述实施例中执行的操作,输入接口2103用于执行上述实施例中接收单元2001执行的操作,输出接口2104用于执行上述实施例中发送单元2002执行的操作。上述核心网设备或者核心网设备内的模块还可以用于执行上述图13-图14方法实施例中核心网设备执行的各种方法,不再赘述。In one embodiment, the communication device may be a core network device or a module (eg, a chip) within the core network device. When the computer program instructions stored in the memory 2102 are executed, the processor 2101 is used to control the receiving unit 2001 and The sending unit 2002 performs the operations performed in the above embodiments, the processor 2101 is further configured to perform the operations performed by the determining unit 2003 in the above embodiments, the input interface 2103 is used to perform the operations performed by the receiving unit 2001 in the above embodiments, and the output interface 2104 is used to perform the operation performed by the sending unit 2002 in the above embodiment. The foregoing core network device or modules within the core network device may also be used to execute various methods performed by the core network device in the foregoing method embodiments in FIGS. 13 to 14 , which will not be described again.
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图22,图22是本申请实施例公开的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图22所示,该通信装置可以包括输入接口2201、逻辑电路2202和输出接口2203。输入接口2201与输出接口2203通过逻辑电路2202相连接。其中,输入接口2201用于接收来自其它通信装置的信息,输出接口2203用于向其它通信装置输出、调度或者发送信息。逻辑电路2202用于执行除输入接口2201与输出接口2203的操作之外的操作,例如实现上述实施例中处理器2101实现的功能。其中,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或接入网设备或中的模块,也可以为核心网设备或核心网设备或中的模块。其中,有关输入接口2201、逻辑电路2202和输出接口2203更详细的描述可以直接参考上述方法实施例中核心网设备、第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。Based on the above network architecture, please refer to FIG. 22 , which is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 22 , the communication device may include an input interface 2201 , a logic circuit 2202 and an output interface 2203 . The input interface 2201 and the output interface 2203 are connected through the logic circuit 2202 . The input interface 2201 is used for receiving information from other communication devices, and the output interface 2203 is used for outputting, scheduling or sending information to other communication devices. The logic circuit 2202 is used to perform operations other than the operations of the input interface 2201 and the output interface 2203, for example, to implement the functions implemented by the processor 2101 in the above-mentioned embodiment. Wherein, the communication device may be an access network device or a module in the access network device or, or may be a core network device or a module in the core network device or. Wherein, the more detailed description of the input interface 2201, the logic circuit 2202 and the output interface 2203 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions of the core network device, the first access network device or the second access network device in the above method embodiments, here Without further ado.
本申请实施例还公开一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机指令,该计算机指令被执行时执行上述方法实施例中的方法。The embodiments of the present application further disclose a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions are stored, and when the computer instructions are executed, the methods in the foregoing method embodiments are executed.
本申请实施例还公开一种包括计算机指令的计算机程序产品,该计算机指令被执行时执行上述方法实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application further discloses a computer program product including computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed, the methods in the foregoing method embodiments are executed.
本申请实施例还公开一种通信系统,该通信系统包括核心网设备和接入网设备,具体描述可以参考图6-图16所示的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application further discloses a communication system, where the communication system includes a core network device and an access network device. For a specific description, reference may be made to the communication methods shown in FIGS. 6-16 .
以上所述的具体实施方式,对本申请的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明,所应理解的是,以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式而已,并不用于限定本申请的保护范围,凡在本申请的技术方案的基础之上,所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包括在本申请的保护范围之内。The specific embodiments described above further describe the purpose, technical solutions and beneficial effects of the present application in detail. It should be understood that the above descriptions are only specific embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the The protection scope, any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made on the basis of the technical solutions of the present application shall be included within the protection scope of the present application.

Claims (58)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于核心网设备,包括:A communication method, wherein the method is applied to core network equipment, comprising:
    接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;receiving information from the target cell of the first access network device;
    根据所述目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理。A second access network device is determined according to the information of the target cell and the correspondence between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于确定所述对应关系。Auxiliary information is received, the auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收辅助信息包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the receiving auxiliary information comprises:
    接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息,所述多个接入网设备与所述多个辅助信息一一对应,所述多个接入网设备包括所述第二接入网设备。Receive multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices, the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information, and the multiple access network devices include the second access network device .
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices comprises:
    接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息,所述第三接入网设备为与所述核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。Receive first auxiliary information from a third access network device, where the third access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device .
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述辅助信息包括所述接入网设备的标识以及所述接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the auxiliary information includes an identity of the access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the access network device.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备关联的小区包括所述接入网设备管理的小区,或者,The method according to claim 6, wherein the cell associated with the access network device comprises a cell managed by the access network device, or,
    所述接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于所述接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述接入网设备的标识的小区。The cells associated with the access network device include cells that are not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifiers include the identifiers of the access network devices.
  8. 根据权利要求4-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 4-7, wherein the receiving the first auxiliary information from the third access network device comprises:
    通过第四接入网设备接收来自所述第三接入网设备的所述第一辅助信息。The first assistance information from the third access network device is received by the fourth access network device.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定第二接入网设备包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the determining the second access network device comprises:
    确定第一标识或第一标识的长度,所述第一标识为所述第二接入网设备的标识。Determine the first identifier or the length of the first identifier, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second access network device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述第一接入网设备指示所述第一标识或所述第一标识的长度。The first identification or the length of the first identification is indicated to the first access network device.
  11. 根据权利要求6-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 6-10, wherein the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device includes at least one of the following:
    所述接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the access network device;
    所述接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell to which the access network device is associated.
  12. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息,所述目标小区的信息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理;sending the information of the target cell to the core network device, where the information of the target cell is used to determine the second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device;
    接收来自所述核心网设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二接入网设备。Receive first indication information from the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the second access network device.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述核心网设备发送辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系。Send auxiliary information to the core network device, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network device.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。The method according to claim 13, wherein the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the identity of the access network device and the identity of the cell managed by the access network device.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述辅助信息包括所述第一接入网设备的标识以及所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the auxiliary information includes an identity of the first access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the first access network device.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备关联的小区包括所述第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者,The method according to claim 15, wherein the cell associated with the first access network device comprises a cell managed by the first access network device, or,
    所述第一接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于所述第一接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述第一接入网设备的标识的小区。The cells associated with the first access network device include cells that are not managed by the first access network device and whose cell identifiers include an identifier of the first access network device.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the identification information of the cell associated with the first access network device includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the first access network device;
    所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the first access network device.
  18. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息;Send the information of the target cell to the core network equipment;
    接收来自所述核心网设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息;receiving second indication information from the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices;
    向所述一个或多个候选接入网设备分别发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述目标小区的信息,所述第一消息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理。Send a first message to the one or more candidate access network devices respectively, where the first message includes information of the target cell, and the first message is used to determine a second access network device, the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息;receiving one or more response messages from the one or more candidate access network devices;
    根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备。The second access network device is determined according to the one or more response information.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,第一响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,或用于指示所述目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,所述第一响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的任一响应信息,所述第一候选接入网设备为所述第一响应对应的候选接入网设备;The method according to claim 19, wherein the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a first candidate access network device, or is used to indicate that the target cell is not the first candidate for access A cell managed by a network device, the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response ;
    所述根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备包括:The determining of the second access network device according to the one or more response information includes:
    当第二响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,确定所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二接入网设备,所述第二响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。When the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a second candidate access network device, it is determined that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device, and the second response network device is determined to be the second access network device. The information is one response information in the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
  21. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;receiving information from the target cell of the first access network device;
    向所述第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息,所述一个或多个候选接入网设备根据所述目标小区的信息确定。Send second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices, the one or more candidate access network devices according to the The information of the target cell is determined.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 21, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述目标小区的标识和接入网设备的标识,确定所述一个或多个候选接入网设备。The one or more candidate access network devices are determined according to the identity of the target cell and the identity of the access network device.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 22, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述接入网设备的标识。The identification of the access network device is received.
  24. 根据权利要求18-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述候选接入网设备的信息为所述候选接入网设备的标识,或者所述候选接入网设备的标识的长度。The method according to any one of claims 18-23, wherein the information of the candidate access network device is an identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device .
  25. 根据权利要求1-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。The method according to any one of claims 1-24, wherein the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置为核心网设备,包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device is core network equipment, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device;
    确定单元,用于根据所述目标小区的信息以及小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系,确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理。A determining unit, configured to determine a second access network device according to the information of the target cell and the corresponding relationship between the cell and the access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于接收辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于确定所述对应关系。The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive auxiliary information, wherein the auxiliary information is used to determine the corresponding relationship.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元接收辅助信息包括:The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the receiving unit receiving the auxiliary information comprises:
    接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息,所述多个接入网设备与所述多个辅助信息一一对应,所述多个接入网设备包括所述第二接入网设备。Receive multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices, the multiple access network devices are in one-to-one correspondence with the multiple pieces of auxiliary information, and the multiple access network devices include the second access network device .
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元接收来自多个接入网设备的多个辅助信息包括:The apparatus according to claim 28, wherein the receiving unit receiving multiple pieces of auxiliary information from multiple access network devices comprises:
    接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息,所述第三接入网设备为与所述核心网设备建立连接的接入网设备中的任一接入网设备。Receive first auxiliary information from a third access network device, where the third access network device is any access network device among the access network devices that establish a connection with the core network device.
  30. 根据权利要求26-29任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。The apparatus according to any one of claims 26-29, wherein the correspondence is a correspondence between an identifier of the access network device and an identifier of the cell managed by the access network device .
  31. 根据权利要求26-30任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述辅助信息包括所述接入网设备的标识以及所述接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。The apparatus according to any one of claims 26-30, wherein the auxiliary information includes an identity of the access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the access network device.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接入网设备关联的小区包括所述接入网设备管理的小区,或者,The apparatus according to claim 31, wherein the cell associated with the access network device includes a cell managed by the access network device, or,
    所述接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于所述接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述接入网设备的标识的小区。The cells associated with the access network device include cells that are not managed by the access network device and whose cell identifiers include the identifiers of the access network devices.
  33. 根据权利要求29-32任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元接收来自第三接入网设备的第一辅助信息包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 29-32, wherein the receiving unit receiving the first auxiliary information from the third access network device comprises:
    通过第四接入网设备接收来自所述第三接入网设备的所述第一辅助信息。The first assistance information from the third access network device is received by the fourth access network device.
  34. 根据权利要求26-33任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定单元,具体确定第 一标识或第一标识的长度,所述第一标识为所述第二接入网设备的标识。The apparatus according to any one of claims 26-33, wherein the determining unit specifically determines a first identifier or a length of the first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of the second access network device. logo.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The apparatus of claim 34, wherein the apparatus further comprises:
    发送单元,用于向所述第一接入网设备指示所述第一标识或所述第一标识的长度。A sending unit, configured to indicate the first identifier or the length of the first identifier to the first access network device.
  36. 根据权利要求31-35任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:The apparatus according to any one of claims 31-35, wherein the identification information of the cell associated with the access network device includes at least one of the following:
    所述接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the access network device;
    所述接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell to which the access network device is associated.
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息,所述目标小区的信息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理;a sending unit, configured to send information of a target cell to a core network device, where the information of the target cell is used to determine a second access network device, and the target cell is managed by the second access network device;
    接收单元,用于接收来自所述核心网设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二接入网设备。A receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information from the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the second access network device.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于向所述核心网设备发送辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于确定小区与接入网设备之间的对应关系。The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send auxiliary information to the core network equipment, where the auxiliary information is used to determine the correspondence between the cell and the access network equipment.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述对应关系为所述接入网设备的标识与所述接入网设备管理的所述小区的标识之间的对应关系。The apparatus according to claim 38, wherein the correspondence is a correspondence between an identifier of the access network device and an identifier of the cell managed by the access network device.
  40. 根据权利要求38或39所述的装置,其特征在于,所述辅助信息包括所述第一接入网设备的标识以及所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息。The apparatus according to claim 38 or 39, wherein the auxiliary information comprises an identity of the first access network device and identity information of a cell associated with the first access network device.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备关联的小区包括所述第一接入网设备管理的小区,或者,The apparatus according to claim 40, wherein the cell associated with the first access network device includes a cell managed by the first access network device, or,
    所述第一接入网设备关联的小区包括不属于所述第一接入网设备管理且小区标识包括所述第一接入网设备的标识的小区。The cells associated with the first access network device include cells that are not managed by the first access network device and whose cell identifiers include an identifier of the first access network device.
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的标识信息包括以下至少一种:The apparatus according to claim 40 or 41, wherein the identification information of the cell associated with the first access network device includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识或全球小区标识;the cell identifier or global cell identifier of the cell associated with the first access network device;
    所述第一接入网设备关联的小区的小区标识的公共部分。The public part of the cell identity of the cell associated with the first access network device.
  43. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向核心网设备发送目标小区的信息;a sending unit, configured to send the information of the target cell to the core network equipment;
    接收单元,用于接收来自所述核心网设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive second indication information from the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices;
    所述发送单元,还用于向所述一个或多个候选接入网设备分别发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述目标小区的信息,所述第一消息用于确定第二接入网设备,所述目标小区被所述第二接入网设备管理。The sending unit is further configured to send a first message to the one or more candidate access network devices, respectively, where the first message includes information of the target cell, and the first message is used to determine the second access network. A network access device, where the target cell is managed by the second access network device.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于接收来自所述一个或多个候选接入网设备的一个或多个响应信息;The apparatus according to claim 43, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive one or more response information from the one or more candidate access network devices;
    所述装置还包括:The device also includes:
    确定单元,用于根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备。A determining unit, configured to determine the second access network device according to the one or more response information.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的装置,其特征在于,第一响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,或用于指示所述目标小区不是第一候选接入网设备管理的小区,所述第一响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的任一响应信息,所述第一候选接入网设备为所述第一响应对应的候选接入网设备;The apparatus according to claim 44, wherein the first response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a first candidate access network device, or is used to indicate that the target cell is not a first candidate for access A cell managed by a network device, the first response information is any one of the one or more response information, and the first candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the first response ;
    所述根据所述一个或多个响应信息确定所述第二接入网设备包括:The determining of the second access network device according to the one or more response information includes:
    当第二响应信息用于指示所述目标小区为第二候选接入网设备管理的小区时,确定所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二接入网设备,所述第二响应信息为所述一个或多个响应信息中的一个响应信息,所述第二候选接入网设备为所述第二响应信息对应的候选接入网设备。When the second response information is used to indicate that the target cell is a cell managed by a second candidate access network device, it is determined that the second candidate access network device is the second access network device, and the second response network device is determined to be the second access network device. The information is one response information in the one or more response information, and the second candidate access network device is a candidate access network device corresponding to the second response information.
  46. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的目标小区的信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive information from the target cell of the first access network device;
    发送单元,用于向所述第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示一个或多个候选接入网设备的信息,所述一个或多个候选接入网设备根据所述目标小区的信息确定。A sending unit, configured to send second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate information of one or more candidate access network devices, the one or more candidate access network devices The network device determines according to the information of the target cell.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The apparatus of claim 46, wherein the apparatus further comprises:
    确定单元,用于根据所述目标小区的标识和接入网设备的标识,确定所述一个或多个候选接入网设备。A determining unit, configured to determine the one or more candidate access network devices according to the identity of the target cell and the identity of the access network device.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于接收所述接入网设备的标识。The apparatus according to claim 47, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive the identifier of the access network device.
  49. 根据权利要求43-48任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述候选接入网设备的信息为所述候选接入网设备的标识,或者所述候选接入网设备的标识的长度。The apparatus according to any one of claims 43-48, wherein the information of the candidate access network device is an identifier of the candidate access network device, or the length of the identifier of the candidate access network device .
  50. 根据权利要求26-49任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述目标小区的信息包括所述目标小区的小区标识或全球小区标识。The apparatus according to any one of claims 26-49, wherein the information of the target cell includes a cell identity or a global cell identity of the target cell.
  51. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口,所述输入接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息,所述输出接口用于向所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求1-11和25中的任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor, a memory, an input interface and an output interface, the input interface is used to receive information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and the output interface is used to send information to all communication devices. When other communication devices other than the communication device output information, the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-11 and 25.
  52. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口,所述输入接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息,所述输出接口用于向所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求12-17和25中的任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor, a memory, an input interface and an output interface, the input interface is used to receive information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and the output interface is used to send information to all communication devices. When other communication devices other than the communication device output information, the processor invokes a computer program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 12-17 and 25.
  53. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口,所述输入接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息,所述输出接口用于向所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求18-20、24和25中的任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor, a memory, an input interface and an output interface, the input interface is used to receive information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and the output interface is used to send information to all communication devices. When other communication devices other than the communication device output information, the processor invokes a computer program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 18-20, 24 and 25.
  54. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口,所述输入接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息,所述输出接口用于向所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求21-25中的任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor, a memory, an input interface and an output interface, the input interface is used to receive information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and the output interface is used to send information to all communication devices. When other communication devices other than the communication device output information, the processor invokes a computer program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 21-25.
  55. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求51所述的装置以及如权利要求52所述的装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the apparatus of claim 51 and the apparatus of claim 52.
  56. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求53所述的装置以及如权利要求54所述的装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the apparatus of claim 53 and the apparatus of claim 54 .
  57. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或计算机指令,当所述计算机程序或计算机指令被运行时,实现如权利要求1-25任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, a computer program or computer instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program or computer instruction is executed, any one of claims 1-25 is implemented. the method described.
  58. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的程序,当所述程序被执行时,使得所述芯片执行如权利要求1-25任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor for executing a program stored in a memory, and when the program is executed, causes the chip to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-25.
PCT/CN2021/071941 2021-01-14 2021-01-14 Communication method, apparatus and system WO2022151283A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/071941 WO2022151283A1 (en) 2021-01-14 2021-01-14 Communication method, apparatus and system
CN202180090245.6A CN116762403A (en) 2021-01-14 2021-01-14 Communication method, device and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/071941 WO2022151283A1 (en) 2021-01-14 2021-01-14 Communication method, apparatus and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022151283A1 true WO2022151283A1 (en) 2022-07-21

Family

ID=82446742

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/071941 WO2022151283A1 (en) 2021-01-14 2021-01-14 Communication method, apparatus and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116762403A (en)
WO (1) WO2022151283A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101291535A (en) * 2008-06-11 2008-10-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for terminal to switch among different networks
CN103327475A (en) * 2012-03-21 2013-09-25 电信科学技术研究院 Addressing method and addressing device for cell switch
WO2017193293A1 (en) * 2016-05-10 2017-11-16 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for data transmission
CN110800339A (en) * 2017-06-19 2020-02-14 高通股份有限公司 Flexible radio access network node identifier

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101291535A (en) * 2008-06-11 2008-10-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for terminal to switch among different networks
CN103327475A (en) * 2012-03-21 2013-09-25 电信科学技术研究院 Addressing method and addressing device for cell switch
WO2017193293A1 (en) * 2016-05-10 2017-11-16 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for data transmission
CN110800339A (en) * 2017-06-19 2020-02-14 高通股份有限公司 Flexible radio access network node identifier

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116762403A (en) 2023-09-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11825404B2 (en) Radio access network node, radio terminal, and methods and non transitory computer-readable media therefor
AU2021282555B2 (en) Radio access network node, radio terminal, and methods and non-transitory computer-readable media therefor
US11076317B2 (en) Radio access network node, core network node, radio terminal, and methods therefor
CN109005562B (en) Method, device and system for transmitting data
WO2016203798A1 (en) Device and method
US10812966B2 (en) Method of configuring parameters for a base station
WO2014040256A1 (en) Communication method, base station, wireless communication node and user equipment
WO2020087445A1 (en) Ipv6 address management in iab system
US20230171823A1 (en) Information transmission method, network device and terminal
US20230232315A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method for eht virtualization with multi-link devices
US20200162854A1 (en) Service Data Transmission Method And Apparatus
CN113747516A (en) Method and device for realizing service continuity
WO2021204022A1 (en) Measurement method and apparatus
US20180167870A1 (en) Methods including communication of wireless access point identifications and related nodes
US9706476B2 (en) Method for obtaining radio access network information and radio access network controller
WO2020167188A1 (en) Pdcp entity, rlc entity and methods performed therein for providing multi connectivity
US20220182910A1 (en) Data Processing Method, Apparatus, And System
WO2022151283A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2021189269A1 (en) Method and apparatus for implementing service continuity
WO2019095396A1 (en) Data transmission node determination method and apparatus
WO2023045768A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
CN106488486B (en) Service processing method, related device and communication system
CN117528628A (en) Base station shunting method for expanding shared flow coverage of home base station

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21918491

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180090245.6

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21918491

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1